sv4
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 7, 2010
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
HCA Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
8062
|
|
75-2497104
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, Tennessee
37203
(615) 344-9551
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of registrants
principal executive offices)
John M. Franck
II, Esq.
HCA Inc.
Vice President and Corporate
Secretary
One Park Plaza
Nashville, Tennessee
37203
Telephone:
(615) 344-9551
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
With a copy to:
John C.
Ericson, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York
10017-3954
Telephone:
(212) 455-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange
offers: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement is declared effective.
If the securities being registered on this form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, please check
the following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check
the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act
Rule 13e-4(i)
(Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)
o
Exchange Act
Rule 14d-1(d)
(Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)
o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
Price per Note
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)
|
|
|
Registration Fee
|
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017
|
|
|
$310,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$310,000,000
|
|
|
$22,103
|
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019
|
|
|
$1,500,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$1,500,000,000
|
|
|
$106,950
|
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020
|
|
|
$1,250,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$1,250,000,000
|
|
|
$89,125
|
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020
|
|
|
$1,400,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$1,400,000,000
|
|
|
$99,820
|
Guarantees of
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A(3)
|
Guarantees of
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A(3)
|
Guarantees of
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A(3)
|
Guarantees of
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities
Act).
|
|
(2)
|
|
See inside facing page for table of
registrant guarantors.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under
the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the
guarantees.
|
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
Table of
Additional Registrant Guarantors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
American Medicorp Development Co.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
23-1696018
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Bay Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
62-0976863
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Brigham City Community Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Utah
|
|
87-0318837
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Brookwood Medical Center of Gulfport, Inc.
|
|
Mississippi
|
|
63-0751470
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Capital Division, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
62-1668319
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Centerpoint Medical Center of Independence, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
45-0503121
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Central Florida Regional Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-1978725
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Central Shared Services, LLC
|
|
Virginia
|
|
76-0771216
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Central Tennessee Hospital Corporation
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
62-1620866
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
CHCA Bayshore, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1801359
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
CHCA Conroe, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1801361
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
CHCA Mainland, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1801362
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
CHCA West Houston, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1801363
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
CHCA Womans Hospital, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1810381
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Chippenham & Johnston-Willis Hospitals, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
54-1779911
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
CMS GP, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1778113
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Colorado Health Systems, Inc.
|
|
Colorado
|
|
62-1593008
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia ASC Management, L.P.
|
|
California
|
|
33-0539838
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Columbia Jacksonville Healthcare System, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
61-1272241
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia LaGrange Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Illinois
|
|
61-1276162
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Medical Center of Arlington Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682201
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Medical Center of Denton Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682213
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Medical Center of Las Colinas, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1650582
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Medical Center of Lewisville Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682210
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Medical Center of McKinney Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682207
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Medical Center of Plano Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682203
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia North Hills Hospital Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682205
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Ogden Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Utah
|
|
62-1650578
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Parkersburg Healthcare System, LLC
|
|
West Virginia
|
|
62-1634494
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Plaza Medical Center of Fort Worth Subsidiary,
L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1682202
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Polk General Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Georgia
|
|
62-1619423
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Rio Grande Healthcare, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1656022
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Riverside, Inc.
|
|
California
|
|
62-1664328
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia Valley Healthcare System, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1669572
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia/Alleghany Regional Hospital, Incorporated
|
|
Virginia
|
|
54-1761046
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbia/HCA John Randolph, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
61-1272888
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Columbine Psychiatric Center, Inc.
|
|
Colorado
|
|
84-1042212
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Columbus Cardiology, Inc.
|
|
Georgia
|
|
58-1941109
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Conroe Hospital Corporation
|
|
Texas
|
|
74-2467524
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Dallas/Ft. Worth Physician, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1769694
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Dauterive Hospital Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
58-1741846
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Dublin Community Hospital, LLC
|
|
Georgia
|
|
58-1431023
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Eastern Idaho Health Services, Inc.
|
|
Idaho
|
|
82-0436622
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Edward White Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-3089836
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
El Paso Surgicenter, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
74-2361005
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Encino Hospital Corporation, Inc.
|
|
California
|
|
95-4113862
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
EP Health, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1769682
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Fairview Park GP, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1815913
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Fairview Park, Limited Partnership
|
|
Georgia
|
|
62-1817469
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Frankfort Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Kentucky
|
|
61-0859329
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Galen Property, LLC
|
|
Virginia
|
|
35-2260545
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Good Samaritan Hospital, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1763090
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Goppert-Trinity Family Care, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
76-0726651
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
GPCH-GP, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
64-0805500
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Grand Strand Regional Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1768105
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Green Oaks Hospital Subsidiary, L.P.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1797829
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Greenview Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Kentucky
|
|
61-0724492
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA IT&S Field Operations, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
06-1795732
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA IT&S Inventory Management, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
06-1796286
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Central Group, Inc.
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
02-0762180
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Health Services of Florida, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
62-1113740
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Health Services of Louisiana, Inc.
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
62-1113736
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Health Services of Oklahoma, Inc.
|
|
Oklahoma
|
|
62-1106156
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Health Services of Tennessee, Inc.
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
62-1113737
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Health Services of Virginia, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
62-1113733
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Management Services, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1778108
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HCA Realty, Inc.
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
06-1106160
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HD&S Corp. Successor, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
62-1657694
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Health Midwest Office Facilities Corporation
|
|
Missouri
|
|
43-1175071
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Health Midwest Ventures Group, Inc.
|
|
Missouri
|
|
43-1315348
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Healthtrust MOB, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1824860
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Hendersonville Hospital Corporation
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
62-1321255
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Hospital Corporation of Tennessee
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
62-1124446
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Hospital Corporation of Utah
|
|
Utah
|
|
87-0322019
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Hospital Development Properties, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1321246
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HSS Holdco, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1839825
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HSS Systems VA, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1804832
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HSS Systems, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1804834
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HSS Virginia, L.P.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
62-1848294
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
HTI Memorial Hospital Corporation
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
62-1560757
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Integrated Regional Lab, LLC
|
|
Florida
|
|
36-4576441
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Integrated Regional Laboratories, LLP
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1687140
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
JFK Medical Center Limited Partnership
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1694180
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
KPH-Consolidation, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1619857
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Lakeland Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1762603
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Lakeview Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1762416
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Largo Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
62-1026428
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Las Vegas Surgicare, Inc.
|
|
Nevada
|
|
75-1890731
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Lawnwood Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-1764486
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Lewis-Gale Hospital, Incorporated
|
|
Virginia
|
|
54-0218835
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Lewis-Gale Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1760148
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Lewis-Gale Physicians, LLC
|
|
Virginia
|
|
06-1755234
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Los Robles Regional Medical Center
|
|
California
|
|
95-2321136
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Management Services Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1874287
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Marietta Surgical Center, Inc.
|
|
Georgia
|
|
58-1539547
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Marion Community Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-1479652
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
MCA Investment Company
|
|
California
|
|
33-0539836
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Medical Centers of Oklahoma, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1771846
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Medical Office Buildings of Kansas, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1789791
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Memorial Healthcare Group, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-3283127
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division ACH, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
48-1301811
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division LRHC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
48-1301817
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division LSH, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
45-0503141
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division MCI, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
45-0503127
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division MMC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
48-1301826
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division OPRMC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
45-0503116
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division PFC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
48-1302330
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division RBH, LLC
|
|
Missouri
|
|
20-0851062
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division RMC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
54-2092552
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Division RPC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
48-1301829
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Midwest Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
11-3676736
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Montgomery Regional Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
54-0889154
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Mountain View Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Utah
|
|
87-0333048
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Nashville Shared Services General Partnership
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1841237
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
National Patient Account Services, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
62-1645596
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
New Port Richey Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-2047041
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
New Rose Holding Company, Inc.
|
|
Colorado
|
|
62-1617432
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
North Florida Immediate Care Center, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
58-2075775
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
North Florida Regional Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
61-1269294
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Northern Utah Healthcare Corporation
|
|
Utah
|
|
62-1650573
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Northern Virginia Community Hospital, LLC
|
|
Virginia
|
|
04-3665595
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Northlake Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Georgia
|
|
58-2433434
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Notami Hospitals of Louisiana, Inc.
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
95-4176923
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Notami Hospitals, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1761993
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Okaloosa Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-1836808
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Okeechobee Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-1833934
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Outpatient Cardiovascular Center of Central Florida, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
52-2448149
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Palms West Hospital Limited Partnership
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1694178
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Palmyra Park Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Georgia
|
|
58-1091107
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Pasadena Bayshore Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
74-1616679
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Plantation General Hospital, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1372389
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Pulaski Community Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
54-0941129
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Redmond Park Hospital, LLC
|
|
Georgia
|
|
58-1123037
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Redmond Physician Practice Company
|
|
Georgia
|
|
62-1662134
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Reston Hospital Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1777534
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Retreat Hospital, LLC
|
|
Virginia
|
|
61-1272890
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Rio Grande Regional Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
61-1276564
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Riverside Healthcare System, L.P.
|
|
California
|
|
33-0751869
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Riverside Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
74-2600687
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Samaritan, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1762605
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
San Jose Healthcare System, LP
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0498674
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
San Jose Hospital, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1763091
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
San Jose Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1762609
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
San Jose, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1756992
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Sarasota Doctors Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
61-1258724
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
SJMC, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1762613
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Southern Hills Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Nevada
|
|
74-3048428
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Spotsylvania Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
06-1760818
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Spring Branch Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
61-1261492
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Spring Hill Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
84-1706716
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
St. Marks Lone Peak Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Utah
|
|
25-1925376
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Sun City Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-2822337
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Sunrise Mountainview Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Nevada
|
|
62-1600397
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of Brandon, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
58-1819994
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of Florida, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
95-3947578
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of Houston Womens, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
72-1563673
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of Manatee, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
75-2364410
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of New Port Richey, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
75-2243308
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of Palms West, LLC
|
|
Florida
|
|
20-1008436
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Surgicare of Riverside, LLC
|
|
California
|
|
26-0047096
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Tallahassee Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
62-1091430
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
TCMC Madison-Portland, Inc.
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
76-0811731
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Terre Haute Hospital GP, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1861156
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Terre Haute Hospital Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1861158
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Terre Haute MOB, L.P.
|
|
Indiana
|
|
76-0775694
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Terre Haute Regional Hospital, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
35-1461805
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
The Regional Health System of Acadiana, LLC
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
58-1741727
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Timpanogos Regional Medical Services, Inc.
|
|
Utah
|
|
62-1831495
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Trident Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1768106
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, Including Zip Code, and
|
|
|
State or Other
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number, Including
|
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Area Code, of Registrant
|
Specified in its Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Guarantors Principal
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Executive Offices
|
|
Utah Medco, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1769672
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
VH Holdco, Inc.
|
|
Nevada
|
|
62-1749073
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
VH Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Nevada
|
|
62-1720399
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Virginia Psychiatric Company, Inc.
|
|
Virginia
|
|
62-1410313
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
W & C Hospital, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
61-1259838
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Walterboro Community Hospital, Inc.
|
|
South Carolina
|
|
57-0712623
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Wesley Medical Center, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
62-1762545
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
West Florida Regional Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Florida
|
|
59-1525468
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
West Valley Medical Center, Inc.
|
|
Idaho
|
|
36-3525049
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Western Plains Capital, Inc.
|
|
Nevada
|
|
62-1727347
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
WHMC, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
61-1261485
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
Womans Hospital of Texas, Incorporated
|
|
Texas
|
|
74-1991424
|
|
One Park Plaza
Nashville, TN 37203
(615) 344-9551
|
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
APRIL 7, 2010
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
HCA Inc.
Offers to Exchange
$310,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017, $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019, $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 and $1,400,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 (collectively, the exchange
notes), each of which have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities
Act), for any and all of its outstanding
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017,
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019,
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 and
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 (collectively, the outstanding
notes), respectively (such transactions, collectively, the
exchange offers).
We are conducting the exchange offers in order to provide you
with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered notes for
freely tradable notes that have been registered under the
Securities Act.
The
Exchange Offers
|
|
|
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered
and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of
exchange notes that are freely tradable.
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior
to the expiration date of the exchange offers.
|
|
|
|
The exchange offers expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2010, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the
expiration date.
|
|
|
|
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the
exchange offers will not be a taxable event for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
|
|
|
The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange
offers are substantially identical to the outstanding notes,
except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.
|
Results
of the Exchange Offers
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes may be sold in the
over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of
such methods. We do not plan to list the notes on a national
market.
|
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes
and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not
be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act,
except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offers, we do
not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding
notes under the Securities Act.
See Risk Factors
beginning on page 21 for a discussion of certain risks that
you should consider before participating in the exchange
offers.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of the
exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offers or
passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2010.
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
different information. The prospectus may be used only for the
purposes for which it has been published, and no person has been
authorized to give any information not contained herein. If you
receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are
not making an offer of these securities in any state where the
offer is not permitted.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
MARKET,
RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA
The data included in this prospectus regarding markets and
ranking, including the size of certain markets and our position
and the position of our competitors within these markets, are
based on reports of government agencies or published industry
sources and estimates based on HCA Inc. (HCA)
managements knowledge and experience in the markets in
which HCA operates. These estimates have been based on
information obtained from our trade and business organizations
and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. HCA
believes these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this
prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate
because of the method by which HCA obtained some of the data for
the estimates or because this information cannot always be
verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the
availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature
of the data gathering process and other limitations and
uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market,
ranking and other similar industry data included in this
prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may
not be reliable. HCA cannot guarantee the accuracy or
completeness of any such information contained in this
prospectus.
i
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not
contain all of the information that you should consider to make
your decisions regarding the exchange offers. You should
carefully read the entire prospectus, including the financial
data and related notes and the section entitled Risk
Factors.
Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise
indicated, references in this prospectus to HCA,
the Issuer, we, our,
us and the Company refer to HCA Inc. and
its consolidated subsidiaries.
Our
Company
We are one of the leading health care services companies in the
United States. At December 31, 2009, we operated 163
hospitals, comprised of 157 general, acute care hospitals; five
psychiatric hospitals; and one rehabilitation hospital. The 163
hospital total includes eight hospitals (seven general, acute
care hospitals and one rehabilitation hospital) owned by joint
ventures in which an affiliate of HCA is a partner, and these
joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. In
addition, we operated 105 freestanding surgery centers, eight of
which are owned by joint ventures in which an affiliate of HCA
is a partner, and these joint ventures are accounted for using
the equity method. Our facilities are located in 20 states
and England. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we
generated revenues of $30.052 billion and net income
attributable to HCA Inc. of $1.054 billion.
Our primary objective is to provide a comprehensive array of
quality health care services in the most cost-effective manner
possible. Our general, acute care hospitals typically provide a
full range of services to accommodate such medical specialties
as internal medicine, general surgery, cardiology, oncology,
neurosurgery, orthopedics and obstetrics, as well as diagnostic
and emergency services. Outpatient and ancillary health care
services are provided by our general, acute care hospitals,
freestanding surgery centers, diagnostic centers and
rehabilitation facilities. Our psychiatric hospitals provide a
full range of mental health care services through inpatient,
partial hospitalization and outpatient settings.
Certain of our affiliates provide a variety of management
services to our health care facilities, including patient safety
programs; ethics and compliance programs; national supply
contracts; equipment purchasing and leasing contracts;
accounting, financial and clinical systems; governmental
reimbursement assistance; construction planning and
coordination; information technology systems and solutions;
legal counsel; human resources services; and internal audit
services.
On November 17, 2006, we completed our merger (the
Merger) with Hercules Acquisition Corporation,
pursuant to which we were acquired by Hercules Holding II, LLC
(Hercules Holding), a Delaware limited liability
company owned by a private investor group comprised of
affiliates of Bain Capital Partners (Bain Capital),
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (KKR),
Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity (MLGPE) (each a
Sponsor), affiliates of Citigroup Inc.
(Citigroup) and Bank of America Corporation (the
Sponsor Assignees) and affiliates of HCA founder,
Dr. Thomas F. Frist Jr., (the Frist Entities,
and together with the Sponsors and the Sponsor Assignees, the
Investors) and by members of management and certain
other investors (the Management Participants). The
Merger, the financing transactions related to the Merger and
other related transactions are collectively referred to in this
prospectus as the Recapitalization. See
Ownership and Corporate Structure and
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
for additional information regarding the Recapitalization and
its impact on our corporate and governance structure.
Our
Strengths
Largest Provider with a Diversified Revenue
Base. We are the largest investor-owned health
care services provider in the United States. We maintain a
diverse portfolio of assets with no single facility contributing
more than 2.4% of revenues and no single metropolitan
statistical area contributing more than 7.8% of revenues for the
year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, we maintain a
diversified payer base,
1
including approximately 3,000 managed care contracts, with no
one commercial payer representing more than approximately 8% of
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. We believe
our broad geographic footprint and diverse revenue base limit
exposure to any single local market. We also provide a diverse
array of medical and surgical services across different settings
ranging from large hospitals to ambulatory surgery centers
(ASCs), which, we believe, limits our exposure to
changes in reimbursement policies targeting specific services or
care settings.
Leading Market Positions. We maintain the
number one or two inpatient position in nearly all of our
markets, with our share of local inpatient admissions typically
ranging from 20% to 40%. Additionally, we believe we have the
leading position in one or more clinical areas, such as
cardiology or orthopedics, in many of our markets. As a result,
our hospitals are in demand by patients and large employers,
which enables us to negotiate for favorable rates and terms from
a wide range of commercial payers.
Strong Presence in Growth Markets. We have a
strong market presence in a number of the fastest growing
markets in the United States. We believe the majority of the
large markets in which we have a presence will experience more
rapid growth among the population aged 65 or older than the
national average, based on the most recently available census
data. We believe we will benefit from our presence in these key
markets due to an expected increase in hospital spending.
Well-Capitalized Portfolio of High-Quality
Assets. We have invested over $7.8 billion
in our facilities over the five-year period ended
December 31, 2009 to expand the range, and improve the
quality, of services provided at our facilities. As a result of
our disciplined and strategic deployment of capital, we believe
our hospitals are competitive and will continue to attract
high-quality physicians, maximize cost efficiencies and address
the health care needs of our local communities.
Leading Provider of Outpatient Services. We
are one of the largest providers of outpatient services in the
United States, and these outpatient services accounted for
approximately 38% of our revenues in 2009. The scope of our
outpatient services reflects a recent trend toward the provision
of an increasing number of services on an outpatient basis. An
important component of our strategy is to achieve a fully
integrated delivery model through the development of
market-leading outpatient services, both to address outpatient
migration and to provide higher growth, higher margin services.
Reputation for Quality. Since our founding, we
have maintained an unwavering focus on patients and clinical
outcomes. We have invested extensively in quality over the past
10 years, with an emphasis on implementing information
technology and adopting industry-wide best practices and
clinical protocols. As a result of these efforts, settled
professional liability claims, based on actuarial projections
per 1,000 beds, have dropped from 18.3 in 1999 to 12.6 in 2008.
We also previously participated in the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
National Voluntary Hospital Reporting Initiative and now
participate in its successor, the Reporting Hospital Quality
Data for Annual Payment Update program, which currently requires
hospitals to report on their compliance with 46 quality measures
in order to receive a full Medicare market basket payment
increase. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act as
amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010 (Health Reform Legislation) further ties
payment to quality measures by establishing a value based
purchasing system and adjusting hospital payment rates based on
hospital-acquired conditions (HACs) and hospital
readmissions. We believe quality of care increasingly will
influence physician and patient choices about health care
delivery and impact our reimbursement as payers put more
emphasis on performance. Our reputation and focus on providing
high-quality patient care continue to make us the provider of
choice for thousands of individual health care consumers,
physicians and payers.
Proven Ability to Innovate. We strive to be at
the forefront of industry best practices and expect to continue
to increase our operational efficiency through a variety of
strategic initiatives. Our previous operating improvement
initiatives include:
|
|
|
|
|
Leveraging Our Purchasing Power. We have
established a captive group purchasing organization
(GPO) to partner with other health care services
providers to take advantage of our combined purchasing power.
Our GPO generated $107 million, $93 million and
$89 million of administrative fees
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
from suppliers in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for
performing GPO services and significantly lowered our supply
costs. Because of our scale, our GPO has a
per-unit
cost advantage over competitors that we believe ranges from 5%
to 21%.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Centralizing Our Billing and Accounts Receivable Collection
Efforts. We have built regional service centers
to create efficiencies in billing and collection processes,
particularly with respect to payment disputes with managed care
companies. This effort has resulted in increased, incremental
cash collections.
|
Demonstrated Strong Cash Flows. Our leading
market positions, diversified revenues, focus on operational
efficiency and high-quality portfolio of assets have enabled us
to generate strong operating cash flows over the past several
years. We generated cash flows from operating activities of
$2.747 billion in 2009, $1.990 billion in 2008 and
$1.564 billion in 2007. We believe expected demand for
hospital and outpatient services, together with our diversified
payer base, geographic locations and service offerings, will
allow us to continue to generate strong cash flows.
Experienced Management Team. Members of our
management team are widely considered leaders in the hospital
industry and have made significant equity investments in our
company. Richard M. Bracken was appointed our CEO and President,
effective January 1, 2009, and Chairman of the Board of
Directors, effective December 15, 2009. Mr. Bracken
began his career with us approximately 30 years ago and has
held various executive positions with the Company, including,
most recently, as our President and Chief Operating Officer
since January 2002. Our Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, R. Milton Johnson, joined us over
27 years ago, has held various positions in financial
operations at the Company and has served as a director since
December 15, 2009. In addition, we benefit from our team of
world-class operators who have the experience and talent
necessary to run a complex health care business.
Strategy
We are committed to providing the communities we serve high
quality, cost-effective health care while complying fully with
our ethics policy, governmental regulations and guidelines and
industry standards. As a part of this strategy, management
focuses on the following principal elements:
Maintain Our Dedication to the Care and Improvement of Human
Life. Our business is built on putting patients
first and providing high quality health care services in the
communities we serve. Our dedicated professionals oversee our
Quality Review System, which measures clinical outcomes,
satisfaction and regulatory compliance to improve hospital
quality and performance. We are implementing hospitalist
programs in some facilities, evidence-based medicine programs
and infection reduction initiatives. In addition, we continue to
implement health information technology to improve the quality
and convenience of services to our communities. We are using our
electronic medication administration record, which uses bar
coding technology to ensure that each patient receives the right
medication, to build toward a fully electronic health record
that will provide convenient access, electronic order entry and
decision support for physicians. These technologies improve
patient safety, quality and efficiency.
Maintain Our Commitment to Ethics and
Compliance. We are committed to a corporate
culture highlighted by the following values
compassion, honesty, integrity, fairness, loyalty, respect and
kindness. Our comprehensive ethics and compliance program
reinforces our dedication to these values.
Leverage Our Leading Local Market
Positions. We strive to maintain and enhance the
leading positions we enjoy in the majority of our markets. We
believe the broad geographic presence of our facilities across a
range of markets, in combination with the breadth and quality of
services provided by our facilities, increases our
attractiveness to patients and large employers and positions us
to negotiate more favorable terms from commercial payers and
increase the number of payers with whom we contract. We also
intend to strategically enhance our outpatient presence in our
communities to attract more patients to our facilities.
3
Expand Our Presence in Key Markets. We seek to
grow our business in key markets, focusing on large, high growth
urban and suburban communities, primarily in the southern and
western regions of the United States. We seek to strategically
invest in new and expanded services at our existing hospitals
and surgery centers to increase our revenues at those facilities
and provide the benefits of medical technology advances to our
communities. We intend to continue to expand high volume and
high margin specialty services, such as cardiology and
orthopedic services, and increase the capacity, scope and
convenience of our outpatient facilities. To complement this
intrinsic growth, we intend to continue to opportunistically
develop and acquire new hospitals and outpatient facilities.
Continue to Leverage Our Scale. We will
continue to obtain price efficiencies through our group
purchasing organization and build on the cost savings and
efficiencies in billing, collection and other processes we have
achieved through our regional service centers. We are
increasingly taking advantage of our national scale by
contracting for services on a multistate basis. We are expanding
our successful shared services model for additional clinical and
support functions, such as physician credentialing, medical
transcription, electronic medical recordkeeping and health
information management, across multiple markets.
Continue to Develop Physician
Relationships. We depend on the quality and
dedication of the physicians who practice at our facilities, and
we encourage, consistent with applicable laws, both primary care
physicians and specialists to join our medical staffs. We
sometimes assist physicians who are recruited under applicable
regulatory provisions with establishing and building a practice
or joining an existing practice. As part of our comprehensive
approach to physician integration in our markets, we will
continue to:
|
|
|
|
|
expand the number of high quality specialty services, such as
cardiology, orthopedics, oncology and neonatology;
|
|
|
|
use joint ventures with physicians to further develop our
outpatient business, particularly through ASCs;
|
|
|
|
develop medical office buildings to provide convenient
facilities for physicians to locate their practices and serve
their patients;
|
|
|
|
focus on improving the quality, advanced technology,
infrastructure and performance of our facilities; and
|
|
|
|
employ physicians as appropriate.
|
Become the Health Care Employer of Choice. We
will continue to use a number of industry-leading practices to
help ensure our hospitals are a health care employer of choice
in their respective communities. Our staffing initiatives for
both care providers and hospital management provide strategies
for recruitment, compensation and productivity to increase
employee retention and operating efficiency at our hospitals.
For example, we maintain an internal contract nursing agency to
supply our hospitals with high quality staffing at a lower cost
than external agencies. In addition, we have developed several
proprietary training and career development programs for our
physicians and hospital administrators, including an executive
development program designed to train the next generation of
hospital leadership. We believe our continued investment in the
training and retention of employees improves the quality of
care, enhances operational efficiency and fosters our reputation
as an employer of choice.
Recent
Developments
On January 27, 2010, our Board of Directors declared a
distribution to the Companys stockholders and holders of
vested stock options. The distribution was $17.50 per share and
vested stock option, or approximately $1.750 billion in the
aggregate. The distribution was paid on February 5, 2010 to
holders of record on February 1, 2010. The distribution was
funded using funds available under our existing senior secured
credit facilities and approximately $100 million of cash on
hand. Pursuant to the terms of our stock
4
option plans, the holders of nonvested stock options received a
$17.50 per share reduction to the exercise price of their
share-based awards. We refer to this distribution as the
February 2010 distribution.
On March 10, 2010, we issued $1,400,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of
71/4% senior
secured notes, which mature on September 15, 2020. These
71/4% senior
secured notes are among the notes subject to the exchange
offers. The terms of these notes are described in
Description of the March 2010 Notes.
HCA Inc. was incorporated in Nevada in January 1990 and
reincorporated in Delaware in September 1993. Our principal
executive offices are located at One Park Plaza, Nashville,
Tennessee 37203, and our telephone number is
(615) 344-9551.
5
Ownership
and Corporate Structure
At December 31, 2009, approximately 97.1% of our
outstanding shares of capital stock was held indirectly by the
Investors, and the remaining approximately 2.9% was held
directly by the Management Participants and employees. Our
corporate structure was achieved through a series of equity
contributions which occurred in connection with the Merger. The
indebtedness figures in the diagram below are as of
December 31, 2009, except that we also set forth the
indebtedness incurred under our existing senior secured credit
facilities in connection with the February 2010 distribution,
the March 2010 offering of the
71/4% senior
secured notes due 2020 and the use of proceeds therefrom.
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In connection with the Recapitalization, approximately
$3.776 billion of cash equity was invested by investment
funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and their
respective assignees and approximately $950 million was
invested by the Frist Entities and their respective assignees,
of which $885 million was in the form of a rollover of the
Frist Entities equity interests in HCA and
$65 million was a cash equity investment. As of
December 31, 2009, investment funds associated with each of
the Sponsors indirectly owned 24.7% of our company, affiliates
of Citigroup and Bank of America Corporation (who are the
Sponsor Assignees) indirectly owned 3.2% and 1.0% of our
company, respectively, and the Frist Entities and their
assignees indirectly owned 18.8% of our company. Because it
indirectly owns MLGPE, one of the Sponsors, Bank of America
Corporation, through its affiliates, is an indirect beneficial
owner of a total of approximately 25.7% of our common stock. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents $125 million invested by the Management
Participants in the form of a rollover of their previously
existing equity interests in HCA to equity interests in HCA
following the Merger and through cash investments. Additionally,
on January 30, 2007, we completed an offering of
781,960 shares of our common stock to approximately 570 of
our employees for an aggregate purchase price of
$40 million. The original investment amounts have been
reduced by $18 million for stock option exercise
settlements and shares repurchased through December 31,
2009. Our common stock is registered pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and as of
December 31, 2009, there were 629 holders of record. |
|
(3) |
|
In connection with the Recapitalization, we entered into
(i) a $2.000 billion asset-based revolving credit
facility with an original six-year maturity (the
asset-based revolving credit facility)
($715 million outstanding at December 31, 2009, and an
additional approximately $1.050 billion drawn in connection
with the February 2010 distribution); (ii) a
$2.000 billion senior secured revolving credit facility
with an original six-year maturity (the senior secured
revolving credit facility) (none outstanding at
December 31, 2009, without giving effect to outstanding
letters of credit, but approximately $600 million of which
was |
6
|
|
|
|
|
drawn in connection with the February 2010 distribution);
(iii) a $2.750 billion senior secured term loan A
facility with an original six-year maturity ($1.908 billion
outstanding at December 31, 2009, and approximately
$1.618 billion outstanding after giving effect to the use
of the estimated net proceeds of the outstanding September 2020
notes); (iv) an $8.800 billion senior secured term
loan B facility with an original seven-year maturity
($6.515 billion outstanding at December 31, 2009, and
approximately $5.528 billion outstanding after giving
effect to the use of the estimated net proceeds of the
outstanding September 2020 notes); and (v) a
1.000 billion (394 million, or
$564 million-equivalent, outstanding at December 31,
2009, and approximately 335 million, or
$479 million-equivalent, outstanding after giving effect to
the use of the estimated net proceeds of the outstanding
September 2020 notes) senior secured European term loan facility
with an original seven-year maturity. We refer to the facilities
described under (ii) through (v) above, collectively,
as the cash flow credit facility and, together with
the asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior
secured credit facilities. |
|
(4) |
|
Consists of (i) $1.500 billion aggregate principal
amount of
81/2%
first lien notes due 2019 issued in April 2009 (the
outstanding 2019 notes);
(ii) $1.250 billion aggregate principal amount of
77/8%
first lien notes due 2020 issued in August 2009 (the
outstanding February 2020 notes);
(iii) $1.400 billion aggregate principal amount of
71/4%
first lien notes due 2020 issued in March 2010 (the
outstanding September 2020 notes and, together with
the outstanding 2019 notes and the outstanding February 2020
notes, the first lien notes) and
(iv) $81 million of unamortized debt discounts that
reduce the aggregate principal amounts of the indebtedness. |
|
(5) |
|
In connection with the Recapitalization, we issued
$4.200 billion of second lien notes (comprised of
$1.000 billion of
91/8% notes
due 2014 and $3.200 billion of
91/4% notes
due 2016) and $1.500 billion of
95/8%/103/8%
second lien toggle notes (which allow us, at our option, to pay
interest in-kind during the first five years at the higher
interest rate of
103/8%)
due 2016. During 2009, we paid interest of $78 million
in-kind increasing the principal balance of the second lien
toggle notes to $1.578 billion. In February 2009, we issued
$310 million aggregate principal amount of
97/8% notes
due 2017 (the 2009 second lien notes). The 2009
second lien notes include a $10 million unamortized debt
discount that reduces the existing indebtedness. We refer to the
senior secured notes issued in connection with the
Recapitalization as the 2006 second lien notes and,
collectively with the 2009 second lien notes, as the
second lien notes. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of (i) an aggregate principal amount of
$367 million medium-term notes with maturities ranging from
2010 to 2025 and a weighted average interest rate of 8.42%;
(ii) an aggregate principal amount of $886 million
debentures with maturities ranging from 2015 to 2095 and a
weighted average interest rate of 7.55%; (iii) an aggregate
principal amount of $5.407 billion senior notes with
maturities ranging from 2010 to 2033 and a weighted average
interest rate of 6.79%; (iv) £121 million
($196 million-equivalent at December 31,
2009) aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes
due 2010; (v) $362 million of secured debt, which
represents capital leases and other secured debt with a weighted
average interest rate of 6.84%; and (vi) $10 million
of unamortized debt discounts that reduce the existing
indebtedness. For more information regarding our unsecured and
other indebtedness, see Description of Other
Indebtedness. |
|
(7) |
|
The cash flow credit facility and the first lien notes are
secured by first-priority liens, and the second lien notes and
related guarantees are secured by second-priority liens, on
substantially all the capital stock of Healthtrust,
Inc. The Hospital Company and the first-tier
subsidiaries of the subsidiary guarantors (but limited to 65% of
the voting stock of any such first-tier subsidiary that is a
foreign subsidiary), subject to certain exceptions. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes subsidiaries which are designated as restricted
subsidiaries under our indenture dated as of
December 16, 1993, certain of their wholly-owned
subsidiaries formed in connection with the asset-based revolving
credit facility and certain excluded subsidiaries (non-material
subsidiaries). |
7
The
Sponsors
Bain
Capital Partners
Bain Capital is one of the worlds leading private
investment firms, with over 20 years of experience in
managed buyouts. Headquartered in Boston, Bain Capital has
offices in New York, London, Munich, Hong Kong, Shanghai and
Tokyo. Bain Capital has a proven track record of enhancing
companies financial strength and strategic positions
through long-term initiatives and has demonstrated success in
the health care sector.
Kohlberg
Kravis Roberts & Co.
Founded in 1976 and led by Henry Kravis and George Roberts, KKR
is a leading global alternative asset manager with
$52.2 billion in assets under management, over
600 people and 13 offices around the world as of
December 31, 2009. KKR manages assets through a variety of
investment funds and accounts covering multiple asset classes.
KKR seeks to create value by bringing operational expertise to
its portfolio companies and through active oversight and
monitoring of its investments. KKR complements its investment
expertise and strengthens interactions with investors through
its client relationships and capital markets platforms. KKR is
publicly traded through KKR & Co. (Guernsey) L.P.
(Euronext Amsterdam: KKR).
Merrill
Lynch Global Private Equity
MLGPE is part of Bank of America Corporations private
equity business. MLGPE was previously the private equity arm of
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., which is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation. Bank of America
Corporation is one of the worlds largest financial
institutions, serving individual consumers, small and middle
market businesses and large corporations with a full range of
banking, investing, asset management and other financial and
risk-management products and services.
8
The
Exchange Offers
On February 19, 2009, April 22, 2009,
August 11, 2009 and March 10, 2010, respectively, HCA
Inc. issued in private offerings $310,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017 (the outstanding 2017 notes),
$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019 (the outstanding 2019 notes),
$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 (the outstanding February 2020
notes) and $1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 (the outstanding September 2020
notes and, together with the outstanding 2017 notes, the
outstanding 2019 notes and the outstanding February 2020 notes,
the outstanding notes). The term exchange 2017
notes refers to the
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017, the term exchange 2019 notes
refers to the
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019, the term exchange February 2020
notes refers to the
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020, the term exchange September 2020
notes refers to the
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020, each as registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and
all of which collectively are referred to as the exchange
notes. The term notes collectively refers to
the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.
We also refer to the outstanding 2019 notes, the outstanding
February 2020 notes and the outstanding September 2020 notes
collectively as the outstanding first lien notes and
to the exchange 2019 notes, the exchange February 2020 notes and
the exchange September 2020 notes as the exchange first
lien notes.
|
|
|
General |
|
In connection with the private offering, HCA Inc. and the
guarantors of the outstanding notes entered into a registration
rights agreement with the initial purchasers pursuant to which
they agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to
you and to complete the exchange offers within 450 days
after the date of original issuance of the outstanding notes.
You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offers your
outstanding notes for exchange notes which are identical in all
material respects to the outstanding notes except: |
|
|
|
the exchange notes have been registered under the
Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes are not entitled to any
registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding
notes under the registration rights agreement; and
|
|
|
|
the liquidated damages provisions of the
registration rights agreement are not applicable.
|
|
The Exchange Offers |
|
HCA Inc. is offering to exchange: |
|
|
|
$310,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017 which have been registered under the
Securities Act for any and all of its existing
97/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017;
|
|
|
|
$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019 which have been registered under the
Securities Act for any and all of its existing
81/2% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019;
|
|
|
|
$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 which have been registered under the
Securities Act for any and all of its existing
77/8% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020; and
|
|
|
|
$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020 which have been registered under the
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
Securities Act for any and all of its existing
71/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2020. You may only exchange outstanding notes
in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess of $2,000. |
|
Resale |
|
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the SEC) set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange
notes issued pursuant to the exchange offers in exchange for the
outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our
affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that: |
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary
course of your business; and
|
|
|
|
you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in,
and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your
own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired
as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this
prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
See Plan of Distribution. |
|
|
|
Any holder of outstanding notes who: |
|
|
|
is our affiliate;
|
|
|
|
does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary
course of its business; or
|
|
|
|
tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange offers
with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of
participating, in a distribution of exchange notes
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated
in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available
June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in
Shearman & Sterling (available July 2,
1993), or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an
exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offers will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York
City time,
on ,
2010, unless extended by HCA Inc. HCA Inc. currently does not
intend to extend the expiration date. |
|
Withdrawal |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any
time prior to the expiration of the exchange offers. HCA Inc.
will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not
accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you,
promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange
offers. |
10
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offers |
|
Each exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which
HCA Inc. may waive. See The Exchange Offers
Conditions to the Exchange Offers. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes |
|
If you wish to participate in any of the exchange offers, you
must complete, sign and date the applicable accompanying letter
of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal,
according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and
the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise
deliver the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter
of transmittal, together with your outstanding notes and any
other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address
set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal. |
|
|
|
If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository
Trust Company (DTC) and wish to participate in
the exchange offers, you must comply with the Automated Tender
Offer Program procedures of DTC by which you will agree to be
bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to
be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us
that, among other things: |
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with
any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the
exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary
course of your business; and
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive
exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding
notes that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities, you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law,
in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
|
|
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners |
|
If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those
outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to
tender those outstanding notes on your behalf. If you wish to
tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and
executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your
outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to
register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take
considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to
the expiration date. |
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your
outstanding notes are not immediately available, or you cannot
deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any
other required documents, or you cannot comply with the
procedures under DTCs |
11
|
|
|
|
|
Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry
interests prior to the expiration date, you must tender your
outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in this prospectus under The Exchange
Offers Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. |
|
Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes |
|
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange
of all validly tendered outstanding notes pursuant to the terms
of the exchange offers, HCA Inc. and the guarantors of the notes
will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights
agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the
applicable interest rate on the outstanding notes under the
circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If
you do not tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer,
you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and
limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in
the indenture, except HCA Inc. and the guarantors of the notes
will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the
exchange and registration of untendered outstanding notes under
the registration rights agreement. To the extent that
outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange
offers, the trading market for outstanding notes that are not so
tendered and accepted could be adversely affected. |
|
Consequences of Failure to Exchange |
|
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes
and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not
be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act,
except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offers, HCA
Inc. and the guarantors of the notes do not currently anticipate
that they will register the outstanding notes under the
Securities Act. |
|
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences |
|
The exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offers will
not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax
purposes. See Certain United States Federal Tax
Consequences. |
|
Regulatory Approvals |
|
Other than compliance with the Securities Act and qualification
of the indentures governing the notes under the
Trust Indenture Act, there are no federal or state
regulatory requirements that must be complied with or approvals
that must be obtained in connection with the exchange offers. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in the exchange offers. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
The Bank of New York Mellon is the exchange agent for the
exchange offers. The addresses and telephone numbers of the
exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned The
Exchange Offers Exchange Agent. |
12
The
Exchange Notes
The summary below describes the principal terms of the
exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described
below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The
Description of the February 2009 Notes,
Description of the April 2009 Notes,
Description of the August 2009 Notes and
Description of the March 2010 Notes sections of this
prospectus contain more detailed descriptions of the terms and
conditions of the outstanding notes and exchange notes. The
exchange notes will have terms identical in all material
respects to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange
notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer
restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for
failure to observe certain obligations in the registration
rights agreement.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
HCA Inc. |
|
Securities Offered |
|
$310,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
97/8% senior
secured notes due 2017. |
|
|
|
$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
81/2% senior
secured notes due 2019. |
|
|
|
$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
77/8% senior
secured notes due 2020. |
|
|
|
$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
71/4% senior
secured notes due 2020. |
|
Maturity Date |
|
The exchange 2017 notes will mature on February 15, 2017. |
|
|
|
The exchange 2019 notes will mature on April 15, 2019. |
|
|
|
The exchange February 2020 notes will mature on
February 15, 2020. |
|
|
|
The exchange September 2020 notes will mature on
September 15, 2020. |
|
Interest Rate |
|
Interest on the exchange 2017 notes will be payable in cash and
will accrue at a rate of
97/8%
per annum. |
|
|
|
Interest on the exchange 2019 notes will be payable in cash and
will accrue at a rate of
81/2%
per annum. |
|
|
|
Interest on the exchange February 2020 notes will be payable in
cash and will accrue at a rate of
77/8%
per annum. |
|
|
|
Interest on the exchange September 2020 notes will be payable in
cash and will accrue at a rate of
71/4%
per annum. |
|
Interest Payment Dates |
|
We will pay interest on the exchange 2017 notes and the exchange
February 2020 notes on February 15 and August 15. Interest
began to accrue from the issue dates of the notes. |
|
|
|
We will pay interest on the exchange 2019 notes on April 15 and
October 15. Interest began to accrue from the issue date of
the notes. |
|
|
|
We will pay interest on the exchange September 2020 notes on
March 15 and September 15. Interest began to accrue from
the issue date of the notes. |
|
Ranking of the Exchange First Lien Notes |
|
Each series of exchange first lien notes will be our senior
secured obligations and will: |
13
|
|
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to any future
subordinated indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with all of our
existing and future senior indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively senior in right of payment to
indebtedness under our existing second lien notes (including the
exchange 2017 notes) to the extent of the collateral securing
such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively equal in right of payment with
indebtedness under our cash flow credit facility and the other
exchange first lien notes to the extent of the collateral (other
than certain European collateral securing our senior secured
European term loan facility) securing such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
all indebtedness under our asset-based revolving credit facility
to the extent of the shared collateral securing such
indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of
our non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and
liabilities owed to us or one of our guarantor subsidiaries).
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, on an adjusted basis after giving
effect to the February 2010 distribution, the offering of the
outstanding September 2020 notes and the use of proceeds
therefrom: |
|
|
|
the outstanding first lien notes and related
guarantees would have been effectively senior in right of
payment to $6.088 billion of second lien notes (including
the outstanding 2017 notes), effectively equal in right of
payment to approximately $7.746 billion of senior secured
indebtedness under our cash flow credit facility (other than our
senior secured European term loan facility), the other
outstanding first lien notes and approximately $170 million
of other secured debt, and effectively junior in right in
payment to $1.765 billion of indebtedness under our
asset-based revolving credit facility, in each case to the
extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the outstanding first lien notes and related
guarantees would have been effectively subordinated in right of
payment to approximately $479 million equivalent
outstanding under the senior secured European term loan facility
and $192 million of other secured debt of our nonguarantor
subsidiaries, which primarily represents capital leases; and
|
|
|
|
we would have had an additional $1.301 billion
of unutilized capacity under our senior secured revolving credit
facility and $230 million of unutilized capacity under our
asset-based revolving credit facility, subject to borrowing base
limitations.
|
|
Ranking of the Exchange 2017 Notes |
|
The exchange 2017 notes will be our senior secured obligations
and will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to any future
subordinated indebtedness;
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with all of our
existing and future senior indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
indebtedness under our asset-based revolving credit facility to
the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a
first-priority basis, and to indebtedness under our other senior
secured credit facilities and to the exchange first lien notes
to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a
first- and second-priority basis; and
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of
our non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and
liabilities owed to us or one of our guarantor subsidiaries).
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, on an adjusted basis after giving
effect to the February 2010 distribution, the outstanding
September 2020 notes offering and the use of proceeds therefrom: |
|
|
|
the outstanding 2017 notes and related guarantees
would have been effectively subordinated in right of payment to
approximately $1.765 billion of indebtedness under our
asset-based revolving credit facility, approximately
$7.746 billion of senior secured indebtedness under our
cash flow credit facility (other than our senior secured
European term loan facility), approximately $4.150 billion
aggregate principal amount of outstanding first lien notes and
approximately $170 million of other secured debt, in each
case to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the outstanding 2017 notes and related guarantees
would also have been effectively subordinated in right of
payment to approximately $479 million equivalent
outstanding under the senior secured European term loan facility
and $192 million of other secured debt of our nonguarantor
subsidiaries, which primarily represents capital leases;
|
|
|
|
the outstanding 2017 notes and related guarantees
would have ranked equal in right of payment to
$5.778 billion of second lien notes issued in 2006 at the
time of the Merger; and
|
|
|
|
we would have had an additional $1.301 billion
of unutilized capacity under our senior secured revolving credit
facility and $230 million of unutilized capacity under our
asset-based revolving credit facility, subject to borrowing base
limitations.
|
|
Guarantees of the Exchange First Lien Notes |
|
The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior secured basis by each of our existing and future
direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that
guarantees our obligations under our senior secured credit
facilities (except for certain special purpose subsidiaries that
have only guaranteed and pledged their assets under our
asset-based revolving credit facility). The subsidiary guarantee
of each series of exchange first lien notes will: |
15
|
|
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to all existing and
future subordinated indebtedness of the guarantor subsidiary;
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with all existing
and future senior indebtedness of the guarantor subsidiary;
|
|
|
|
be effectively senior in right of payment to the
guarantees of our second lien notes (including the exchange 2017
notes) to the extent of the guarantor subsidiarys
collateral securing such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively equal in right of payment with the
guarantees of our cash flow credit facility and the other
exchange first lien notes to the extent of the guarantor
subsidiarys collateral (other than certain European
collateral securing our senior secured European term loan
facility) securing such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
the guarantees of our asset-based revolving credit facility to
the extent of the guarantor subsidiarys collateral
securing such indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of
any subsidiary of a guarantor that is not also a guarantor of
the notes.
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our non-guarantor
subsidiaries accounted for approximately $12.468 billion,
or 41.5%, of our total revenues. As of December 31, 2009,
our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately
$9.672 billion, or 40.1%, of our total assets and
approximately $6.750 billion, or 21.1%, of our total
liabilities. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial
statements included in this prospectus. |
|
Guarantees of the Exchange 2017 Notes |
|
The exchange 2017 notes will be fully and unconditionally
guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of our existing and
future direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries
that guarantees our obligations under our senior secured credit
facilities (except for certain special purpose subsidiaries that
have only guaranteed and pledged their assets under our
asset-based revolving credit facility). Each subsidiary
guarantee will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to all existing and
future subordinated indebtedness of the guarantor subsidiary;
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with all existing
and future senior indebtedness of the guarantor subsidiary;
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
indebtedness under our asset-based revolving credit facility to
the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a
first-priority basis, and to indebtedness under our other senior
secured credit facilities and to the exchange first lien notes
to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a
first- and second-priority basis; and
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of
any subsidiary of a guarantor that is not also a guarantor of
the notes.
|
|
Security for the Exchange First Lien Notes |
|
Each series of exchange first lien notes and guarantees will be
secured by first-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on
certain of the assets of HCA Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors
that secure our cash flow credit facility and the other exchange
first lien notes on a pari passu basis, including: |
|
|
|
substantially all the capital stock of any wholly
owned first-tier subsidiary of HCA Inc. or of any subsidiary
guarantor of the notes (but limited to 65% of the voting stock
of any such wholly owned first-tier subsidiary that is a foreign
subsidiary); and
|
|
|
|
substantially all tangible and intangible assets of
our company and each subsidiary guarantor, other than
(1) other properties that do not secure our senior secured
credit facilities, (2) deposit accounts, other bank or
securities accounts and cash, (3) leaseholds and motor
vehicles, (4) certain European collateral and
(5) certain receivables collateral that only secures our
asset-based revolving credit facility, in each case subject to
exceptions, and except that the lien on properties defined as
principal properties under our existing indenture
dated as of December 16, 1993, so long as such indenture
remains in effect, will be limited to securing a portion of the
indebtedness under the notes, our cash flow credit facility and
the first lien notes that, in the aggregate, does not exceed 10%
of our consolidated net tangible assets; provided that, with
respect to the portion of the collateral comprised of real
property for the exchange September 2020 notes, we will have up
to 60 days from the issue date of the outstanding September
2020 notes to complete those actions required to perfect the
first-priority lien on such collateral.
|
|
|
|
See Risk Factors Risks Related to the
Notes There are circumstances other than repayment
or discharge of the notes under which the collateral securing
the notes and guarantees will be released automatically, without
your consent or the consent of the trustee for an
explanation of one of the important exceptions to the obligation
to pledge the capital stock of first-tier subsidiaries of any
subsidiary guarantors. |
|
|
|
The exchange first lien notes and guarantees of the exchange
notes also will be secured by second-priority liens, subject to
permitted liens, on certain receivables of HCA Inc. and the
subsidiary guarantors that secure our asset-based revolving
credit facility on a first-priority basis. |
|
|
|
See Description of the April 2009 Notes
Security, Description of the August 2009
Notes Security and Description of the
March 2010 Notes Security. |
|
Security for the Exchange 2017 Notes |
|
The exchange 2017 notes and guarantees of the exchange 2017
notes will be secured by second-priority liens, subject to
permitted liens, on certain of the assets of HCA Inc. and the
subsidiary guarantors that secure our senior secured credit
facilities and our first |
17
|
|
|
|
|
lien notes on a first-priority basis. The assets that will
secure the exchange 2017 notes will include: |
|
|
|
substantially all the capital stock of any wholly
owned first-tier subsidiary of HCA Inc. or of any subsidiary
guarantor of the notes (but limited to 65% of the voting stock
of any such wholly owned first-tier subsidiary that is a foreign
subsidiary), subject to certain exceptions; and
|
|
|
|
substantially all tangible and intangible assets of
our company and each subsidiary guarantor, other than
(1) properties defined as principal properties
under our indenture dated as of December 16, 1993, so long
as any indebtedness secured by those properties on a
first-priority basis remains outstanding, (2) other
properties that will not secure our senior secured facilities,
(3) deposit accounts, other bank or securities accounts and
cash, (4) leaseholds and motor vehicles, (5) certain
European collateral and (6) certain receivables collateral
that only secures our asset-based revolving credit facility, in
each case subject to certain exceptions.
|
|
|
|
See Risk Factors Risks Related to the
Notes There are circumstances other than repayment
or discharge of the notes under which the collateral securing
the notes and guarantees will be released automatically, without
your consent or the consent of the trustee for an
explanation of one of the important exceptions to the obligation
to pledge the capital stock of first-tier subsidiaries of any
subsidiary guarantors. |
|
|
|
The exchange 2017 notes and guarantees of the exchange 2017
notes also will be secured by third-priority liens, subject to
permitted liens, on the accounts receivable and certain related
assets of HCA Inc. and certain of the subsidiary guarantors, and
the proceeds thereof, to the extent permitted by law and
contract, which assets will secure our asset-based revolving
credit facility on a first-priority basis and our other senior
secured credit facilities and our first lien notes on a
second-priority basis. |
|
|
|
See Description of the February 2009 Notes
Security. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
We may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or in part, at any
time prior to February 15, 2013 with respect to the
exchange 2017 notes, April 15, 2014 with respect to the
exchange 2019 notes, August 15, 2014 with respect to the
exchange February 2020 notes and March 15, 2015 with
respect to the exchange September 2020 notes, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the redemption date and a make-whole
premium, as described under Description of the
February 2009 Notes Optional Redemption,
Description of the April 2009 Notes Optional
Redemption, Description of the August 2009
Notes Optional Redemption and
Description of the March 2010 Notes Optional
Redemption. |
|
|
|
We may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or in part, on or
after February 15, 2013 with respect to the exchange 2017
notes, April 15, 2014 with respect to the exchange 2019
notes, August 15, 2014 with respect to the exchange
February 2020 notes and March 15, 2015 with respect to the
exchange September 2020 notes, at the prices set forth under
Description of the February |
18
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Notes Optional Redemption,
Description of the April 2009 Notes Optional
Redemption, Description of the August 2009
Notes Optional Redemption and
Description of the March 2010 Notes Optional
Redemption. |
|
|
|
Additionally, from time to time before February 15, 2012
with respect to the exchange 2017 notes, April 15, 2012
with respect to the exchange 2019 notes, August 15, 2012
with respect to the exchange February 2020 notes and
March 15, 2013 with respect to the exchange September 2020
notes, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount
of each of the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to
109.875% of the face amount thereof, with respect to the
exchange 2017 notes, 108.500% of the face amount thereof, with
respect to the exchange 2019 notes, 107.875% of the face amount
thereof, with respect to the exchange February 2020 notes and
107.250% of the face amount thereof, with respect to the
exchange September 2020 notes, in each case with the net cash
proceeds that we raise in one or more equity offerings, so long
as at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the
exchange notes remains outstanding afterwards. |
|
Change of Control Offer |
|
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, you will have the
right, as holders of the exchange notes, to require us to
repurchase some or all of your exchange notes at 101% of their
face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase
date. |
|
|
|
We may not be able to pay you the required price for exchange
notes you present to us at the time of a change of control,
because: |
|
|
|
we may not have enough funds at that time; or
|
|
|
|
the terms of our indebtedness under our senior
secured credit facilities may prevent us from making such
payment.
|
|
|
|
Your right to require us to repurchase the exchange notes upon
the occurrence of a change of control will cease to apply to a
series of exchange notes at all times after such exchange notes
have investment grade ratings from both Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. and Standard & Poors. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture governing the exchange notes contains covenants
limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted
subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
incur additional debt or issue certain preferred
shares;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends on or make other distributions in
respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments;
|
|
|
|
sell certain assets;
|
|
|
|
create liens on certain assets to secure debt;
|
|
|
|
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates;
and
|
|
|
|
designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted
subsidiaries.
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations
and exceptions. See Description of the February 2009
Notes, Description of the April 2009 Notes,
Description of the August 2009 Notes and
Description of the March 2010 Notes. Many of these
covenants will cease to apply to a series of exchange notes at
all times after such exchange notes have investment grade
ratings from both Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and
Standard & Poors. |
|
No Prior Market |
|
The exchange notes will be freely transferable but will be new
securities for which there will not initially be a market.
Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the
exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any such
market that may develop. The initial purchasers in the private
offering of the outstanding notes have informed us that they
currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes;
however, they are not obligated to do so, and they may
discontinue any such market-making activities at any time
without notice. |
Ratio of
Earnings to Fixed Charges
The following table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges of HCA Inc. for the periods indicated. The ratio of
earnings to fixed charges for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the years
ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements that are not included
in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(a)
|
|
1.91x
|
|
1.52x
|
|
1.57x
|
|
2.61x
|
|
3.85x
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings consist of net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests and income taxes plus fixed charges,
exclusive of capitalized interest. Fixed charges include cash
and noncash interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized,
amortization of debt issuance cost, and the portion of rent
expense representative of the interest factor. |
Risk
Factors
You should consider carefully all of the information set forth
in this prospectus prior to exchanging your outstanding notes.
In particular, we urge you to consider carefully the factors set
forth under the heading Risk Factors.
20
RISK
FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth
below as well as the other information contained in this
prospectus before deciding to tender your outstanding notes in
the exchange offers. Any of the following risks could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations; however, the following risks are not the
only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not
currently known to us or those we currently view to be
immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations. In such
a case, the trading price of the exchange notes could decline or
we may not be able to make payments of interest and principal on
the exchange notes, and you may lose all or part of your
original investment.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Offers
There
may be adverse consequences if you do not exchange your
outstanding notes.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes
in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to
restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes as set forth
in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the
private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the
outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are
registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the
registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register
resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You
should refer to Summary The Exchange
Offers and The Exchange Offers for information
about how to tender your outstanding notes.
The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offers will
reduce the outstanding amount of each series of the outstanding
notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the
volatility of, the market prices of the outstanding notes due to
a reduction in liquidity.
Your
ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the
absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance
that any active trading market will develop for the exchange
notes.
We are offering the exchange notes to the holders of the
outstanding notes. The outstanding notes were offered and sold
in 2009 and 2010 to institutional investors.
We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on
a securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation
system. There is currently no established market for the
exchange notes, and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of
markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to
sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able
to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the
exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than
their principal amount or purchase price depending on many
factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for
similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other
factors. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the
outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to
make a market with respect to the exchange notes. However, these
initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any market
making with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at
any time without notice. In addition, such market making
activity may be limited during the pendency of the exchange
offers or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in
lieu thereof. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active
market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed,
that it will continue. Historically, the market for
non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that
have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities
similar to the notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes
may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may
adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange
notes.
Certain
persons who participate in the exchange offers must deliver a
prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange
notes.
Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC
no-action
letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co.
Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and
Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter
(July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale,
resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
21
requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances
described in this prospectus under Plan of
Distribution, certain holders of exchange notes will
remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer the
exchange notes. If such a holder transfers any exchange notes
without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act or without an applicable exemption from
registration under the Securities Act, such a holder may incur
liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not
assume, or indemnify such a holder against, this liability.
Risks
Related to Our Indebtedness
Our
substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise
additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to
react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to
interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and
prevent us from meeting our obligations.
We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2009, on an as
adjusted basis after giving effect to the February 2010
distribution, the offering of the outstanding September 2020
notes and the use of proceeds therefrom, our total indebtedness
would have been approximately $27.345 billion. Our high
degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:
|
|
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to downturns or adverse changes in
general economic, industry or competitive conditions and adverse
changes in government regulations;
|
|
|
|
requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to
be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our
indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash
flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future
business opportunities;
|
|
|
|
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain
of our unhedged borrowings are at variable rates of interest;
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to make strategic acquisitions or causing
us to make nonstrategic divestitures;
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working
capital, capital expenditures, product or service line
development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general
corporate or other purposes; and
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors who are less highly leveraged.
|
We and our subsidiaries have the ability to incur additional
indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions
contained in our senior secured credit facilities and the
indentures governing our outstanding notes. If new indebtedness
is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we
now face could intensify.
We may
not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our
indebtedness and may not be able to refinance our indebtedness
on favorable terms. If we are unable to do so, we may be forced
to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our
indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our
debt obligations depends on our financial condition and
operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic
and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business
and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you we
will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities
sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any,
and interest on our indebtedness.
As of December 31, 2009, on an as adjusted basis after
giving effect to the February 2010 distribution, the offering of
the outstanding September 2020 notes and the use of proceeds
therefrom, our substantial indebtedness would have included
$9.990 billion of indebtedness under our senior secured
credit facilities maturing in 2012 and 2013, $4.150 billion
aggregate principal amount of first lien notes maturing in 2019
and 2020, $6.088 billion of second lien notes maturing in
2014, 2016 and 2017 and $6.856 billion aggregate principal
amount of unsecured senior notes and debentures that mature on
various dates from 2010 to 2095 (including $5.454 billion
maturing through 2016). Because a significant portion of our
indebtedness matures in the next few years, we may find it
necessary or prudent to refinance that indebtedness with
longer-maturity debt at a higher interest rate. In February,
April and August of 2009 and in March of 2010, for example, we
22
issued $310 million in aggregate principal amount of
97/8%
second lien notes due 2017, $1.500 billion in aggregate
principal amount of
81/2%
first lien notes due 2019, $1.250 billion in aggregate
principal amount of
77/8%
first lien notes due 2020 and $1.400 billion in aggregate
principal amount of
71/4%
first lien notes due 2020, respectively. We used the net
proceeds of those offerings to prepay term loans under our cash
flow credit facility, which currently bears interest at a lower
floating rate. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness on
favorable terms, or at all, is directly affected by the current
global economic and financial conditions. In addition, our
ability to incur secured indebtedness (which would generally
enable us to achieve better pricing than the incurrence of
unsecured indebtedness) depends in part on the value of our
assets, which depends, in turn, on the strength of our cash
flows and results of operations, and on economic and market
conditions and other factors.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund
our debt service obligations or we are unable to refinance our
indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments
and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional
capital or restructure our indebtedness. These alternative
measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our
scheduled debt service obligations. If our operating results and
available cash are insufficient to meet our debt service
obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and
might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to
meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able
to consummate those dispositions, or the proceeds from the
dispositions may not be adequate to meet any debt service
obligations then due.
Our
debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility
in operating our business.
Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures
governing our outstanding notes contain various covenants that
limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions.
These covenants limit our and certain of our subsidiaries
ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of
our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments;
|
|
|
|
sell or transfer assets;
|
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
|
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of our assets; and
|
|
|
|
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.
|
Under our asset-based revolving credit facility, when (and for
as long as) the combined availability under our asset-based
revolving credit facility and our senior secured revolving
credit facility is less than a specified amount for a certain
period of time or, if a payment or bankruptcy event of default
has occurred and is continuing, funds deposited into any of our
depository accounts will be transferred on a daily basis into a
blocked account with the administrative agent and applied to
prepay loans under the asset-based revolving credit facility and
to cash collateralize letters of credit issued thereunder.
Under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to
satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to
meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our
control, and there can be no assurance we will continue to meet
those ratios. A breach of any of these covenants could result in
a default under both our cash flow credit facility and our
asset-based revolving credit facility. Upon the occurrence of an
event of default under our senior secured credit facilities, our
lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our
senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and
payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.
If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our
senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the
collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have
pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under
our senior secured credit facilities, and that collateral (other
than certain European collateral securing our senior secured
European term loan facility) is also pledged as collateral under
our first lien notes. If any of the lenders under our senior
23
secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of
borrowings, there can be no assurance we will have sufficient
assets to repay our senior secured credit facilities and the
first lien notes.
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
hospitals face competition for patients from other hospitals and
health care providers.
The health care business is highly competitive, and competition
among hospitals and other health care providers for patients has
intensified in recent years. Generally, other hospitals in the
local communities we serve provide services similar to those
offered by our hospitals. In addition, CMS publicizes on a
website performance data related to quality measures and data on
patient satisfaction surveys hospitals submit in connection with
their Medicare reimbursement. Federal law provides for the
future expansion of the number of quality measures that must be
reported. Additional quality measures and future trends toward
clinical transparency may have an unanticipated impact on our
competitive position and patient volumes. In addition, the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act as amended by the
Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Health Reform Legislation) requires all hospitals
to annually establish, update and make public a list of the
hospitals standard charges for items and services. If any
of our hospitals achieve poor results (or results that are lower
than our competitors) on these quality measures or on patient
satisfaction surveys or if our standard charges are higher than
our competitors, our patient volumes could decline.
In addition, the number of freestanding specialty hospitals,
surgery centers and diagnostic and imaging centers in the
geographic areas in which we operate has increased
significantly. As a result, most of our hospitals operate in a
highly competitive environment. Some of the facilities that
compete with our hospitals are owned by governmental agencies or
not-for-profit
corporations supported by endowments, charitable contributions
and/or tax
revenues and can finance capital expenditures and operations on
a tax-exempt basis. Our hospitals are facing increasing
competition from specialty hospitals, some of which are
physician-owned, and from both our own and unaffiliated
freestanding surgery centers for market share in high margin
services and for quality physicians and personnel. If ambulatory
surgery centers are better able to compete in this environment
than our hospitals, our hospitals may experience a decline in
patient volume, and we may experience a decrease in margin, even
if those patients use our ambulatory surgery centers. In states
that do not require a Certificate of Need (CON) for
the purchase, construction or expansion of health care
facilities or services, competition in the form of new services,
facilities and capital spending is more prevalent. Further, if
our competitors are better able to attract patients, recruit
physicians, expand services or obtain favorable managed care
contracts at their facilities than our hospitals and ambulatory
surgery centers, we may experience an overall decline in patient
volume. See Business Competition.
The
growth of uninsured and patient due accounts and a deterioration
in the collectibility of these accounts could adversely affect
our results of operations.
The primary collection risks of our accounts receivable relate
to the uninsured patient accounts and patient accounts for which
the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by
the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts
(deductibles and copayments) remain outstanding. The provision
for doubtful accounts relates primarily to amounts due directly
from patients.
The amount of the provision for doubtful accounts is based upon
managements assessment of historical writeoffs and
expected net collections, business and economic conditions,
trends in federal and state governmental and private employer
health care coverage, the rate of growth in uninsured patient
admissions and other collection indicators. Due to a number of
factors, including the recent economic downturn and increase in
unemployment, we believe our facilities may experience growth in
bad debts, uninsured discounts and charity care. At
December 31, 2009, our allowance for doubtful accounts
represented approximately 94% of the $5.176 billion patient
due accounts receivable balance. The sum of the provision for
doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care
increased from $6.134 billion for 2007, to
$7.009 billion for 2008 and to $8.362 billion for 2009.
A continuation of the trends that have resulted in an increasing
proportion of accounts receivable being comprised of uninsured
accounts and a deterioration in the collectibility of these
accounts will adversely affect our collection of accounts
receivable, cash flows and results of operations. The Health
Reform Legislation
24
seeks to decrease over time the number of uninsured individuals,
by among other things, requiring employers to offer, and
individuals to carry, health insurance or be subject to
penalties. However, it is difficult to predict the full impact
of the Health Reform Legislation due to the laws
complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive
guidance, gradual implementation and possible amendment, as well
as our inability to foresee how individuals and businesses will
respond to the choices afforded them by the law.
Health
care reform and changes in governmental programs may reduce our
revenues.
In March 2010, President Obama signed the Health Reform
Legislation into law. The Health Reform Legislation represents
significant change across the health care industry. As a result
of the laws complexity, lack of implementing regulations
or interpretive guidance, gradual implementation and possible
amendment, the impact of the Health Reform Legislation is not
yet fully known. The primary goal of the Health Reform
Legislation is to decrease the number of uninsured individuals
by expanding coverage to approximately 32 million
additional individuals through a combination of public program
expansion and private sector health insurance reforms. The
Health Reform Legislation expands eligibility under existing
Medicaid programs, imposes financial penalties on individuals
who fail to carry insurance coverage and creates affordability
credits for those not enrolled in an employer-sponsored health
plan. Further, the Health Reform Legislation requires states to
establish a health insurance exchange and permits states to
create federally funded, non-Medicaid plans for low-income
residents not eligible for Medicaid. The Health Reform
Legislation establishes a number of health insurance market
reforms, including a ban on lifetime limits and pre-existing
condition exclusions, new benefit mandates, and increased
dependent coverage. Health insurance market reforms that expand
insurance coverage should increase revenues from providing care
to previously uninsured individuals; however, many of these
provisions of the Health Reform Legislation will not become
effective until 2014 or later. It is also possible that
implementation of these provisions could be delayed or even
blocked due to court challenges. In addition, there may be
efforts to repeal or amend the Health Reform Legislation.
Further, the Health Reform Legislation contains a number of
provisions designed to significantly reduce Medicare and
Medicaid program spending, including reductions in Medicare
market basket updates and Medicare and Medicaid disproportionate
share funding. A significant portion of our patient volume is
derived from government health care programs, principally
Medicare and Medicaid. Specifically, we derived approximately
40% of our revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs in
2009. Reductions to our reimbursement under the Medicare and
Medicaid programs by the Health Reform Legislation could
adversely affect our business and results of operations, to the
extent such reductions are not offset by the expected increases
in revenues from providing care to previously uninsured
individuals.
Because of the many variables involved, we are unable to
predict the net effect on the Company of the reductions in
Medicare and Medicaid spending, the expected increases in
revenues from providing care to previously uninsured
individuals, and numerous other provisions in the law that may
affect the Company. We are further unable to foresee how
individuals and businesses will respond to the choices afforded
them by the Health Reform Legislation. Thus, we cannot predict
the full impact of the Health Reform Legislation on the Company
at this time.
In addition to the Health Reform Legislation, in recent years,
legislative and regulatory changes have resulted in limitations
on and, in some cases, reductions in levels of payments to
health care providers for certain services under the Medicare
and Medicaid programs. For example, effective January 1,
2008, CMS significantly revised the payment system used to
reimburse ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs) and
expanded the number of procedures that Medicare reimburses if
performed in an ASC. More Medicare procedures now performed in
hospitals, such as ours, may be moved to ASCs, reducing surgical
volume in our hospitals. Also, more Medicare procedures now
performed in ASCs, such as ours, may be moved to
physicians offices. Commercial third-party payers may
adopt similar policies.
Further, CMS has recently completed a two-year transition to
full implementation of the Medicare severity diagnosis-related
group (MS-DRG) system, which represents a refinement
to the existing diagnosis-related group system. Realignments in
the MS-DRG system could impact the margins we receive for
certain services. For federal fiscal year 2010, CMS has provided
a 2.1% market basket update for hospitals that submit certain
quality patient care indicators and a 0.1% update for hospitals
that do not submit this data.
25
Medicare payments to hospitals in federal fiscal years 2008 and
2009 were reduced to eliminate what CMS estimated to be the
effect of coding or classifications changes as a result of
hospitals implementing the
MS-DRG
system. If CMS retrospectively determines the adjustment levels
for federal fiscal years 2008 and 2009 were inadequate, CMS may
impose additional adjustments in future years. Although CMS has
not imposed an adjustment for federal fiscal year 2010, CMS has
announced its intent to impose payment adjustments in federal
fiscal years 2011 and 2012 because of what CMS has determined to
be an inadequate adjustment in federal fiscal year 2008. It is
not clear what impact, if any, the market basket reductions
required by the Health Reform Legislation will have on
CMSs proposal. Additionally, Medicare payments to
hospitals are subject to a number of other adjustments, and the
actual impact on payments to specific hospitals may vary. In
some cases, commercial third-party payers and other payers such
as some state Medicaid programs rely on all or portions of the
Medicare MS-DRG system to determine payment rates, and
adjustments that negatively impact Medicare payments may also
negatively impact payments from those payers.
Since most states must operate with balanced budgets and since
the Medicaid program is often the states largest program,
states can be expected to adopt or consider adopting legislation
designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures. The current
economic downturn has increased the budgetary pressures on most
states, and these budgetary pressures have resulted, and likely
will continue to result, in decreased spending for Medicaid
programs in many states. Further, many states have also adopted,
or are considering, legislation designed to reduce coverage,
enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs
and/or
impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand
the states Medicaid systems. The Health Reform Legislation
provides for significant expansions to the Medicaid program, but
these changes are not required until 2014. In addition, the
Health Reform Legislation will result in increased state
legislative and regulatory changes in order for states to comply
with new federal mandates, such as the requirement to establish
health insurance exchanges, and to participate in grants and
other incentive opportunities.
On May 1, 2009, the Department of Defense implemented a
prospective payment system for hospital outpatient services
furnished to beneficiaries of TRICARE, the Department of
Defenses health care program for members of the armed
forces, similar to that utilized for services furnished to
Medicare beneficiaries. Because the Medicare outpatient
prospective payment system rates have historically been below
TRICARE rates, the adoption of this payment methodology for
TRICARE beneficiaries reduces our reimbursement; however,
TRICARE outpatient services do not represent a significant
portion of our patient volumes.
Current or future health care reform efforts, changes in laws or
regulations regarding government health programs, other changes
in the administration of government health programs and changes
to commercial third-party payers in response to health care
reform and changes to government health programs could have a
material, adverse effect on our financial position and results
of operations.
If we
are unable to retain and negotiate favorable contracts with
nongovernment payers, including managed care plans, our revenues
may be reduced.
Our ability to obtain favorable contracts with nongovernment
payers, including health maintenance organizations, preferred
provider organizations and other managed care plans
significantly affects the revenues and operating results of our
facilities. Revenues derived from these entities and other
insurers accounted for 52% and 53% of our patient revenues for
the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008, respectively. Nongovernment payers, including managed care
payers, continue to demand discounted fee structures, and the
trend toward consolidation among nongovernment payers tends to
increase their bargaining power over fee structures. Our future
success will depend, in part, on our ability to retain and renew
our managed care contracts and enter into new managed care
contracts on terms favorable to us. Other health care providers
may impact our ability to enter into managed care contracts or
negotiate increases in our reimbursement and other favorable
terms and conditions. For example, some of our competitors may
negotiate
26
exclusivity provisions with managed care plans or otherwise
restrict the ability of managed care companies to contract with
us. It is not clear what impact, if any, the increased
obligations on managed care payers and other payers imposed by
the Health Reform Legislation will have on our ability to
negotiate reimbursement increases. If we are unable to retain
and negotiate favorable contracts with managed care plans or
experience reductions in payment increases or amounts received
from nongovernment payers, our revenues may be reduced.
Our
performance depends on our ability to recruit and retain quality
physicians.
The success of our hospitals depends in part on the number and
quality of the physicians on the medical staffs of our
hospitals, the admitting practices of those physicians and
maintaining good relations with those physicians. Although we
employ some physicians, physicians are often not employees of
the hospitals at which they practice and, in many of the markets
we serve, most physicians have admitting privileges at other
hospitals in addition to our hospitals. Such physicians may
terminate their affiliation with our hospitals at any time. If
we are unable to provide adequate support personnel or
technologically advanced equipment and hospital facilities that
meet the needs of those physicians, they may be discouraged from
referring patients to our facilities, admissions may decrease
and our operating performance may decline.
Our
hospitals face competition for staffing, which may increase
labor costs and reduce profitability.
Our operations are dependent on the efforts, abilities and
experience of our management and medical support personnel, such
as nurses, pharmacists and lab technicians, as well as our
physicians. We compete with other health care providers in
recruiting and retaining qualified management and support
personnel responsible for the daily operations of each of our
hospitals, including nurses and other nonphysician health care
professionals. In some markets, the availability of nurses and
other medical support personnel has been a significant operating
issue to health care providers. We may be required to continue
to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and
other medical support personnel or to hire more expensive
temporary or contract personnel. As a result, our labor costs
could increase. We also depend on the available labor pool of
semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in
which we operate. Certain proposed changes in federal labor
laws, including the Employee Free Choice Act, could increase the
likelihood of employee unionization attempts. To the extent a
significant portion of our employee base unionizes, it is
possible our labor costs could increase materially. In addition,
the states in which we operate could adopt mandatory
nurse-staffing ratios or could reduce mandatory nurse staffing
ratios already in place. State-mandated nurse-staffing ratios
could significantly affect labor costs and have an adverse
impact on revenue if we are required to limit admissions in
order to meet the required ratios. If our labor costs increase,
we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased
costs. Because a significant percentage of our revenues consists
of fixed, prospective payments, our ability to pass along
increased labor costs is constrained. Our failure to recruit and
retain qualified management, nurses and other medical support
personnel, or to control labor costs, could have a material,
adverse effect on our results of operations.
If we
fail to comply with extensive laws and government regulations,
we could suffer penalties or be required to make significant
changes to our operations.
The health care industry is required to comply with extensive
and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local
government levels relating to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
billing and coding for services;
|
|
|
|
relationships with physicians and other referral sources;
|
|
|
|
adequacy of medical care;
|
|
|
|
quality of medical equipment and services;
|
|
|
|
qualifications of medical and support personnel;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
confidentiality, maintenance, data breach, identity theft and
security issues associated with health-related and personal
information and medical records;
|
|
|
|
the screening, stabilization and transfer of individuals who
have emergency medical conditions;
|
|
|
|
licensure and certification;
|
|
|
|
hospital rate or budget review;
|
|
|
|
preparing and filing of cost reports;
|
|
|
|
operating policies and procedures; and
|
|
|
|
addition of facilities and services.
|
Among these laws are the federal Anti-kickback Statute, the
federal physician self-referral law (commonly called the Stark
Law), the Federal False Claims Act (FCA) and similar
state laws. We have a variety of financial relationships with
physicians and others who either refer or influence the referral
of patients to our hospitals and other health care facilities,
and these laws govern those relationships. The Office of
Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services
(OIG) has enacted safe harbor regulations that
outline practices deemed protected from prosecution under the
Anti-kickback Statute. While we endeavor to comply with the
applicable safe harbors, certain of our current arrangements,
including joint ventures and financial relationships with
physicians and other referral sources and persons and entities
to which we refer patients, do not qualify for safe harbor
protection. Failure to qualify for a safe harbor does not mean
the arrangement necessarily violates the Anti-kickback Statute,
but may subject the arrangement to greater scrutiny. However, we
cannot offer assurance that practices outside of a safe harbor
will not be found to violate the Anti-kickback Statute.
Allegations of violations of the Anti-kickback Statute may be
brought under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, which
requires a lower burden of proof than other fraud and abuse
laws, including the Anti-kickback Statute.
Our financial relationships with referring physicians and their
immediate family members must comply with the Stark Law by
meeting an exception. We attempt to structure our relationships
to meet an exception to the Stark Law, but the regulations
implementing the exceptions are detailed and complex, and we
cannot provide assurance every relationship complies fully with
the Stark Law. Unlike the Anti-kickback Statute, failure to meet
an exception under the Stark Law results in a violation of the
Stark Law, even if such violation is technical in nature.
Additionally, if we violate the Anti-kickback Statute or Stark
Law, or if we improperly bill for our services, we may be found
to violate the FCA, either under a suit brought by the
government or by a private person under a qui tam, or
whistleblower, suit.
If we fail to comply with the Anti-kickback Statute, the Stark
Law, the FCA or other applicable laws and regulations, we could
be subjected to liabilities, including civil penalties
(including the loss of our licenses to operate one or more
facilities), exclusion of one or more facilities from
participation in the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and
state health care programs and, for violations of certain laws
and regulations, criminal penalties. See Regulation and
Other Factors.
CMS published a proposal to collect information from 400
hospitals regarding their ownership, investment and compensation
arrangements with physicians. Called the Disclosure of Financial
Relationships Report (or DFRR), CMS intends to
use this data to monitor compliance with the Stark Law, and CMS
may share this information with other government agencies. Many
of these agencies have not previously analyzed this information
and have the authority to bring enforcement actions against
hospitals filing such reports. The DFRR and its supporting
documentation are currently under review by the Office of
Management and Budget, and it is unclear when, or if, it will be
finalized.
Because many of these laws and their implementing regulations
are relatively new, we do not always have the benefit of
significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws
and regulations. In the future, different interpretations or
enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our
current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or
illegality or could require us to make changes in our
facilities,
28
equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and
operating expenses. A determination we have violated these laws,
or the public announcement that we are being investigated for
possible violations of these laws, could have a material,
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations or prospects, and our business reputation could
suffer significantly. In addition, other legislation or
regulations at the federal or state level may be adopted that
adversely affect our business.
We
have been and could become the subject of governmental
investigations, claims and litigation.
Health care companies are subject to numerous investigations by
various governmental agencies. Further, under the FCA, private
parties have the right to bring qui tam, or
whistleblower, suits against companies that submit
false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments
from, the government. Some states have adopted similar state
whistleblower and false claims provisions. Certain of our
individual facilities have received, and other facilities may
receive, government inquiries from federal and state agencies.
Depending on whether the underlying conduct in these or future
inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, their
resolution could have a material, adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
Governmental agencies and their agents, such as the Medicare
Administrative Contractors, fiscal intermediaries and carriers,
as well as the OIG, CMS and state Medicaid programs, conduct
audits of our health care operations. Private payers may conduct
similar post-payment audits, and we also perform internal audits
and monitoring. Depending on the nature of the conduct found in
such audits and whether the underlying conduct could be
considered systemic, the resolution of these audits could have a
material, adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations and liquidity.
As required by statute, CMS is in the process of implementing
the Recovery Audit Contractor (RAC) program on a
nationwide basis. Under the program, CMS contracts with RACs to
conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper
payments in the
fee-for-service
Medicare program. The Health Reform Legislation expands the RAC
programs scope to include Medicaid claims by requiring all
states to enter into contracts with RACs by December 31,
2010. In addition, CMS employs Medicaid Integrity Contractors
(MICs) to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid
claims and identify overpayments. Throughout 2010, MIC audits
will continue to expand. The Health Reform Legislation increases
federal funding for the MIC program for federal fiscal year 2011
and later years. In addition to RACs and MICs, several other
contractors, including the state Medicaid agencies, have
increased their review activities.
Should we be found out of compliance with any of these laws,
regulations or programs, depending on the nature of the
findings, our business, our financial position and our results
of operations could be negatively impacted.
Controls
designed to reduce inpatient services may reduce our
revenues.
Controls imposed by Medicare, managed Medicare, Medicaid,
managed Medicaid and commercial third-party payers designed to
reduce admissions and lengths of stay, commonly referred to as
utilization review, have affected and are expected
to continue to affect our facilities. Utilization review entails
the review of the admission and course of treatment of a patient
by health plans. Inpatient utilization, average lengths of stay
and occupancy rates continue to be negatively affected by
payer-required preadmission authorization and utilization review
and by payer pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative
health care delivery services for less acutely ill patients.
Efforts to impose more stringent cost controls are expected to
continue. For example, the Health Reform Legislation eliminates
current statutory restrictions on the use of prepayment review
by Medicare contractors. Although we are unable to predict the
effect these changes will have on our operations, significant
limits on the scope of services reimbursed and on reimbursement
rates and fees could have a material, adverse effect on our
business, financial position and results of operations.
Our
overall business results may suffer from the recent economic
downturn.
The United States economy has weakened significantly. Depressed
consumer spending and higher unemployment rates continue to
pressure many industries. During economic downturns,
governmental entities
29
often experience budget deficits as a result of increased costs
and lower than expected tax collections. These budget deficits
may force federal, state and local government entities to
decrease spending for health and human service programs,
including Medicare, Medicaid and similar programs, which
represent significant payer sources for our hospitals. Other
risks we face from general economic weakness include potential
declines in the population covered under managed care
agreements, patient decisions to postpone or cancel elective and
non-emergency health care procedures, potential increases in the
uninsured and underinsured populations and further difficulties
in our collecting patient co-payment and deductible receivables.
The Health Reform Legislation seeks to decrease over time the
number of uninsured individuals, provides for the expansion of
the Medicaid program and contains a number of insurance market
reforms designed to broaden insurance coverage, such as
eliminating the use of pre-existing condition exclusions.
However, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the
Health Reform Legislation due to the laws complexity, lack
of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual
implementation and possible amendment.
The
industry trend towards value-based purchasing may negatively
impact our revenues.
There is a trend in the health care industry toward value-based
purchasing of health care services. These value-based purchasing
programs include both public reporting of quality data and
preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of
care provided by facilities. Governmental programs including
Medicare and Medicaid currently require hospitals to report
certain quality data to receive full reimbursement updates. In
addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to
certain preventable adverse events (also called never
events). Many large commercial payers currently require
hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payers
do not reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse
events. Further, we have implemented a policy pursuant to which
we do not bill patients or third-party payers for fees or
expenses incurred due to certain preventable adverse events.
The Health Reform Legislation contains a number of provisions
intended to promote value-based purchasing. Beginning in federal
fiscal year 2013, hospitals that satisfy certain performance
standards will receive increased payments for discharges during
the following fiscal year. These payments will be funded by
decreases in payments to all hospitals for inpatient services.
For discharges occurring during federal fiscal year 2014 and
after, the performance standards must assess hospital
efficiency, including Medicare spending per beneficiary. In
addition, the Health Reform Legislation provides for reduced
payments based on a hospitals HAC rates and readmission
rates and requires HAC rates and readmission rates to be made
public. Currently, Medicare no longer assigns an inpatient
hospital discharge to a higher paying
MS-DRG if a
selected HAC was not present on admission. Effective
July 1, 2011, the Health Reform Legislation will likewise
prohibit the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to
reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat
HACs. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2015, hospitals that fall
into the top 25% of national risk-adjusted HAC rates for all
hospitals in the previous year will also receive a 1% reduction
in Medicare payment rates. For discharges occurring during a
fiscal year beginning on or after October 1, 2012,
hospitals with excessive readmissions for certain conditions
will receive reduced Medicare payments for all inpatient
admissions.
We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs
that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to
become more common and to involve a higher percentage of
reimbursement amounts. We are unable at this time to predict how
this trend will affect our results of operations, but it could
negatively impact our revenues.
Our
operations could be impaired by a failure of our information
systems.
Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or
availability of our systems could adversely affect operations or
delay the collection of revenues. Even though we have
implemented network security measures, our servers are
vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar
disruptions from unauthorized tampering. The occurrence of any
of these events could result in interruptions, delays, the loss
or corruption of data, or cessations in the availability of
systems, all of which could have a material adverse effect on
our financial position and results of operations and harm our
business reputation.
30
The performance of our information technology and systems is
critical to our business operations. In addition to our shared
services initiatives, our information systems are essential to a
number of critical areas of our operations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
accounting and financial reporting;
|
|
|
|
billing and collecting accounts;
|
|
|
|
coding and compliance;
|
|
|
|
clinical systems;
|
|
|
|
medical records and document storage;
|
|
|
|
inventory management;
|
|
|
|
negotiating, pricing and administering managed care contracts
and supply contracts; and
|
|
|
|
monitoring quality of care and collecting data on quality
measures necessary for full Medicare payment updates.
|
If we
fail to effectively and timely implement electronic health
record systems, our operations could be adversely
affected.
As required by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of
2009, HHS is in the process of developing and implementing an
incentive payment program for eligible hospitals and health care
professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified
electronic health record (EHR) technology. If our
hospitals and employed professionals are unable to meet the
requirements for participation in the incentive payment program,
we will not be eligible to receive incentive payments that could
offset some of the costs of implementing EHR systems. Further,
beginning in 2015, eligible hospitals and professionals that
fail to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology
will be subject to reduced payments from Medicare. Failure to
implement EHR systems effectively and in a timely manner could
have a material, adverse effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
State
efforts to regulate the construction or expansion of health care
facilities could impair our ability to operate and expand our
operations.
Some states, particularly in the eastern part of the country,
require health care providers to obtain prior approval, known as
a CON, for the purchase, construction or expansion of health
care facilities, to make certain capital expenditures or to make
changes in services or bed capacity. In giving approval, these
states consider the need for additional or expanded health care
facilities or services. We currently operate health care
facilities in a number of states with CON laws. The failure to
obtain any requested CON could impair our ability to operate or
expand operations. Any such failure could, in turn, adversely
affect our ability to attract patients to our facilities and
grow our revenues, which would have an adverse effect on our
results of operations.
Our
facilities are heavily concentrated in Florida and Texas, which
makes us sensitive to regulatory, economic, environmental and
competitive conditions and changes in those
states.
We operated 163 hospitals at December 31, 2009, and 73 of
those hospitals are located in Florida and Texas. Our Florida
and Texas facilities combined revenues represented
approximately 51% of our consolidated revenues for the year
ended December 31, 2009. This concentration makes us
particularly sensitive to regulatory, economic, environmental
and competitive conditions and changes in those states. Any
material change in the current payment programs or regulatory,
economic, environmental or competitive conditions in those
states could have a disproportionate effect on our overall
business results.
In addition, our hospitals in Florida and Texas and other areas
across the Gulf Coast are located in hurricane-prone areas. In
the recent past, hurricanes have had a disruptive effect on the
operations of our hospitals in Florida, Texas and other coastal
states, and the patient populations in those states. Our
business
31
activities could be harmed by a particularly active hurricane
season or even a single storm, and the property insurance we
obtain may not be adequate to cover losses from future
hurricanes or other natural disasters.
We may
be subject to liabilities from claims by the Internal Revenue
Service.
At December 31, 2009, we were contesting before the Appeals
Division of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
certain claimed deficiencies and adjustments proposed by the IRS
in connection with its examination of the 2003 and 2004 federal
income tax returns for HCA and eight affiliates that are treated
as partnerships for federal income tax purposes
(affiliated partnerships). The disputed items
include the timing of recognition of certain patient service
revenues and our method for calculating the tax allowance for
doubtful accounts.
Six taxable periods of HCA and its predecessors ended in 1997
through 2002 and the 2002 taxable year of four affiliated
partnerships, for which the primary remaining issue is the
computation of the tax allowance for doubtful accounts, are
pending before the IRS Examination Division as of
December 31, 2009.
The IRS began an audit of the 2005 and 2006 federal income tax
returns for HCA and seven affiliated partnerships during 2008.
We anticipate the IRS Examination Division will conclude its
audit in 2010. During 2009, the seven affiliated partnership
audits were resolved with no material impact on our operations
or financial position. We anticipate the IRS will begin an audit
of the 2007 and 2008 federal income tax returns for HCA during
2010.
Management believes HCA, its predecessors and affiliates
properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance
with applicable laws and agreements established with the IRS and
final resolution of these disputes will not have a material,
adverse effect on our results of operations or financial
position. However, if payments due upon final resolution of
these issues exceed our recorded estimates, such resolutions
could have a material, adverse effect on our results of
operations or financial position.
We may
be subject to liabilities from claims brought against our
facilities.
We are subject to litigation relating to our business practices,
including claims and legal actions by patients and others in the
ordinary course of business alleging malpractice, product
liability or other legal theories. See
Business Legal Proceedings. Many of
these actions involve large claims and significant defense
costs. We insure a portion of our professional liability risks
through a wholly-owned subsidiary. Management believes our
reserves for self-insured retentions and insurance coverage are
sufficient to cover insured claims arising out of the operation
of our facilities. Our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary has
entered into certain reinsurance contracts, and the obligations
covered by the reinsurance contracts are included in its
reserves for professional liability risks, as the subsidiary
remains liable to the extent that the reinsurers do not meet
their obligations under the reinsurance contracts. If payments
for claims exceed actuarially determined estimates, are not
covered by insurance, or reinsurers, if any, fail to meet their
obligations, our results of operations and financial position
could be adversely affected.
We are
exposed to market risks related to changes in the market values
of securities and interest rate changes.
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in market
values of securities. The investments in debt and equity
securities of our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary were
$1.309 billion and $7 million, respectively, at
December 31, 2009. These investments are carried at fair
value, with changes in unrealized gains and losses being
recorded as adjustments to other comprehensive income. At
December 31, 2009, we had a net unrealized gain of
$20 million on the insurance subsidiarys investment
securities.
We are exposed to market risk related to market illiquidity.
Liquidity of the investments in debt and equity securities of
our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary could be impaired by the
inability to access the capital markets. Should the wholly-owned
insurance subsidiary require significant amounts of cash in
excess of normal cash requirements to pay claims and other
expenses on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these
investments in a timely manner or be forced to sell them at a
price less than what we might otherwise
32
have been able to in a normal market environment. At
December 31, 2009, our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary
had invested $396 million ($401 million par value) in
municipal, tax-exempt student loan auction rate securities
(ARS) that continued to experience market
illiquidity since February 2008 when multiple failed auctions
occurred due to a severe credit and liquidity crisis in the
capital markets. It is uncertain if auction-related market
liquidity will resume for these securities. We may be required
to recognize
other-than-temporary
impairments on these investments in future periods should
issuers default on interest payments or should the fair market
valuations of the securities deteriorate due to ratings
downgrades or other issue specific factors.
We are also exposed to market risk related to changes in
interest rates, and we periodically enter into interest rate
swap agreements to manage our exposure to these fluctuations.
Our interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed
and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based
on common notional principal amounts and maturity dates. The net
notional amounts of the swap agreements represent balances used
to calculate the exchange of cash flows and are not our assets
or liabilities. See Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Market Risk.
Since
the Recapitalization, the Investors control us and may have
conflicts of interest with us in the future.
As of December 31, 2009, the Investors indirectly owned
approximately 97.1% of our capital stock due to the
Recapitalization. As a result, the Investors have control over
our decisions to enter into any significant corporate
transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that
requires the approval of shareholders. For example, the
Investors could cause us to make acquisitions that increase the
amount of our indebtedness or sell assets.
Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making
investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in
businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or
more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities
that may be complementary to our business and, as a result,
those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So
long as investment funds associated with or designated by the
Sponsors continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the
outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is
less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly
influence or effectively control our decisions.
Risks
Related to the Notes
The following risks apply to the outstanding notes and will
apply equally to the exchange notes.
The
secured indebtedness under our senior secured asset-based
revolving credit facility are effectively senior to the first
lien notes to the extent of the value of the receivables
collateral securing such facility on a first-priority
basis.
Our asset-based revolving credit facility has a first-priority
lien in the accounts receivable of our company and our domestic
subsidiaries, with certain exceptions. Our other senior secured
credit facilities and the first lien notes have a
second-priority lien in those receivables (except for those of
certain special purpose subsidiaries that only guarantee and
pledge their assets under our asset-based revolving credit
facility). The indentures governing the first lien notes and the
second lien notes permit us to incur additional indebtedness
secured on a first-priority basis by such assets in the future.
The first-priority liens in the collateral securing indebtedness
under our asset-based revolving credit facility and any such
future indebtedness are higher in priority as to such collateral
than the security interests securing the first lien notes and
the guarantees. Holders of the indebtedness under our
asset-based revolving credit facility and any other indebtedness
secured by higher priority liens on such collateral will be
entitled to receive proceeds from the realization of value of
such collateral to repay such indebtedness in full before the
holders of the first lien notes will be entitled to any recovery
from such collateral. As a result, holders of the first lien
notes will only be entitled to receive proceeds from the
realization of value of assets securing our asset-based
revolving credit facility on a higher priority basis after all
indebtedness and other obligations under our asset-based
revolving credit facility and
33
any other obligations secured by higher priority liens on such
assets are repaid in full. The first lien notes are effectively
junior in right of payment to indebtedness under our asset-based
revolving credit facility and any other indebtedness secured by
higher priority liens on such collateral to the extent of the
realizable value of such collateral. Even if there were
receivables collateral or proceeds left over to pay the exchange
first lien notes and the cash flow credit facility after a
foreclosure on that collateral and payment of the outstanding
amounts under the asset-based revolving credit facility, that
collateral would be subject to the first lien intercreditor
agreement, and the representative of the lenders under the cash
flow credit facility would initially control actions with
respect to that collateral. See Even though
the holders of the first lien notes benefit from a
first-priority lien on the collateral that secures our cash flow
credit facility, the representative of the lenders under the
cash flow credit facility will initially control actions with
respect to that collateral.
As of December 31, 2009, the first lien notes would have
been effectively junior to $715 million of indebtedness
outstanding under our asset-based revolving credit facility to
the extent of the value of collateral securing such
indebtedness, and we borrowed an additional approximately
$1.050 billion under our asset-based revolving credit
facility in connection with the February 2010 distribution, with
which the first lien notes are also effectively junior.
Other
secured indebtedness, including our senior secured credit
facilities, is effectively senior to the 2009 second lien notes
to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such
facility on a first- and second-priority basis.
Certain of our senior secured credit facilities are
collateralized by a first-priority lien, subject to permitted
liens, in, among other things, the capital stock of our company,
the capital stock of any material wholly owned first-tier
subsidiary of our company or of any U.S. subsidiary
guarantor and substantially all of our and the
U.S. subsidiary guarantors other tangible and
intangible assets, subject to exceptions. In addition, our
asset-based revolving credit facility has a first-priority lien
in the accounts receivable of our company and certain of our
subsidiaries, and our other senior secured credit facilities,
other than the European term loan facility, and our first lien
notes have a second-priority lien in those receivables. The
indentures governing the first lien notes and the second lien
notes permit us to incur additional indebtedness secured on a
first-priority basis by such assets in the future. The first-
and second-priority liens in the collateral securing
indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities and our
first lien notes and any such future indebtedness are higher in
priority as to such collateral than the security interests
securing the 2009 second lien notes and the other second lien
notes and the related guarantees.
The 2009 second lien notes and the other second lien notes and
the related guarantees are secured, subject to permitted liens,
by a second-priority lien or a third-priority lien, as the case
may be, in the assets that secure our senior secured credit
facilities and first lien notes on a first-priority or
second-priority basis, as the case may be. Holders of the
indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities, our
first lien notes and any other indebtedness collateralized by a
higher-priority lien in such collateral will be entitled to
receive proceeds from the realization of value of such
collateral to repay such indebtedness in full before the holders
of the 2009 second lien notes and the other second lien notes
will be entitled to any recovery from such collateral. As a
result, holders of the 2009 second lien notes and the other
second lien notes will only be entitled to receive proceeds from
the realization of value of assets securing our senior secured
credit facilities and our first lien notes on a higher-priority
basis after all indebtedness and other obligations under our
senior secured credit facilities, our first lien notes and any
other obligations secured by higher-priority liens on such
assets are repaid in full. The 2009 second lien notes and the
other second lien notes are effectively junior in right of
payment to indebtedness under our senior secured credit
facilities, our first lien notes and any other indebtedness
collateralized by a higher-priority lien in our assets, to the
extent of the realizable value of such collateral. In addition,
the indenture governing the 2009 second lien notes permits us to
incur additional indebtedness secured by a lien that ranks
equally with the 2009 second lien notes and the other second
lien notes. Any such indebtedness may further limit the recovery
from the realization of the value of such collateral available
to satisfy holders of the 2009 second lien notes.
34
The
value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient
to satisfy our obligations under the notes.
The fair market value of the collateral is subject to
fluctuations based on factors that include, among others,
general economic conditions and similar factors. The amount to
be received upon a sale of the collateral would be dependent on
numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the actual fair
market value of the collateral at such time, the timing and the
manner of the sale and the availability of buyers. By its
nature, portions of the collateral may be illiquid and may have
no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a
foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the
collateral may not be sold in a timely or orderly manner, and
the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of this collateral may
not be sufficient to pay our obligations under the notes.
To the extent that liens securing obligations under the senior
secured credit facilities and the first lien notes, pre-existing
liens, liens permitted under the indenture and other rights,
including liens on excluded assets, such as those securing
purchase money obligations and capital lease obligations granted
to other parties (in addition to the holders of any other
obligations secured by higher priority liens), encumber any of
the collateral securing the notes and the guarantees, those
parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to
the collateral that could adversely affect the value of the
collateral for the applicable series of notes and the ability of
the applicable collateral agent, the trustee under the
applicable indenture or the holders of the applicable series of
notes to realize or foreclose on the collateral.
The first lien notes and the related guarantees are secured,
subject to permitted liens, by a first-priority lien in the
collateral that secures our cash flow credit facility on a
first-priority basis (other than any European collateral
securing our senior secured European term loan facility) and
share equally in right of payment to the extent of the value of
such collateral securing such cash flow credit facility on a
first-priority basis. The first lien notes and the related
guarantees are not secured by any of the European collateral
described in Description of Other Indebtedness
Senior Secured Credit Facilities Guarantee and
Security. The indentures governing the first lien notes
permit us to incur additional indebtedness secured by a lien
that ranks equally with the first lien notes. Any such
indebtedness may further limit the recovery from the realization
of the value of such collateral available to satisfy holders of
the first lien notes.
The 2009 second lien notes and the related guarantees are
secured, subject to permitted liens, by a second-priority lien
in the collateral that secures our cash flow credit facility and
our first lien notes on a first-priority basis (other than any
European collateral securing our senior secured European term
loan facility) and share equally in right of payment with the
other second lien to the extent of the value of such collateral.
The 2009 second lien notes and the related guarantees are not
secured by any of the European collateral described in
Description of Other Indebtedness Senior
Secured Credit Facilities Guarantee and
Security. The indenture governing the 2009 second lien
notes permits us to incur additional indebtedness secured by a
lien that ranks either senior to the 2009 second lien note or
equally with the 2009 second lien notes. Any such indebtedness
may further limit the recovery from the realization of the value
of such collateral available to satisfy holders of the 2009
second lien notes.
There may not be sufficient collateral to pay off all amounts we
may borrow under our senior secured credit facilities, the notes
and additional notes that we may offer that would be secured on
the same basis as the first lien notes or the second lien notes.
Liquidating the collateral securing the notes may not result in
proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due under
the notes after also satisfying the obligations to pay any
creditors with prior liens. If the proceeds of any sale of
collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the
notes, the holders of the notes (to the extent not repaid from
the proceeds of the sale of the collateral) would have only a
senior unsecured, unsubordinated claim against our and the
subsidiary guarantors remaining assets.
Claims
of noteholders are structurally subordinate to claims of
creditors of all of our
non-U.S. subsidiaries
and some of our U.S. subsidiaries because they do not
guarantee the notes.
The notes are not guaranteed by any of our
non-U.S. subsidiaries,
our less than wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries or certain
other U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of
the notes are structurally
35
subordinate to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor
subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our
non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any
of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for
distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a
guarantor of the notes.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our non-guarantor
subsidiaries accounted for approximately $12.468 billion,
or 41.5%, of our total revenues. As of December 31, 2009,
our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately
$9.672 billion, or 40.1%, of our total assets and
approximately $6.750 billion, or 21.1%, of our total
liabilities. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial
statements.
If we
default on our obligations to pay our indebtedness, we may not
be able to make payments on the notes.
Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness,
including a default under our senior secured credit facilities
that is not waived by the required lenders or a default under
the indentures governing our notes, and the remedies sought by
the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and
substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are
unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable
to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or
if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants,
including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments
governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our senior
secured credit facilities, the indentures governing the first
lien notes and the indentures governing the second lien notes),
we could be in default under the terms of the agreements
governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the
holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the
funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our senior
secured credit facilities could elect to terminate their
commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute
foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be
forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating
performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain
waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured
credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our
covenants under our senior secured credit facilities and seek a
waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required
lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the
instrument governing that indebtedness, the lenders could
exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be
forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
The
lien ranking provisions of the indentures and other agreements
relating to the collateral securing the first lien notes on a
second priority basis will limit the rights of holders of the
first lien notes with respect to that collateral, even during an
event of default.
The rights of the holders of the first lien notes with respect
to the receivables collateral that secures the asset-based
revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis and that
secures our cash flow credit facility and our first lien notes
on a second-priority basis are substantially limited by the
terms of the lien ranking agreements set forth in the indentures
and the applicable receivables intercreditor agreements, even
during an event of default. Under the indentures and the
applicable receivables intercreditor agreements, at any time
that obligations that have the benefit of the higher priority
liens are outstanding, any actions that may be taken with
respect to such collateral, including the ability to cause the
commencement of enforcement proceedings against such collateral,
to control the conduct of such proceedings and to approve
amendments to releases of such collateral from the lien of, and
waive past defaults under, such documents relating to such
collateral, will be at the direction of the holders of the
obligations secured by the first-priority liens, and the holders
of the first lien notes secured by lower-priority liens may be
adversely affected.
In addition, the indentures and the applicable receivables
intercreditor agreements contain certain provisions benefiting
holders of indebtedness under our asset-based revolving credit
facility, including provisions requiring the trustee and the
collateral agent for the first lien notes not to object
following the filing of a bankruptcy petition to certain
important matters regarding the receivables collateral. After
such filing, the value of this collateral could materially
deteriorate, and holders of the first lien notes would be unable
to raise an objection.
36
The receivables collateral that secures the first lien notes and
guarantees on a lower-priority basis is also subject to any and
all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other
imperfections as may be accepted by the lenders under our
asset-based revolving credit facility, whether on or after the
date the first lien notes and guarantees are issued. The
existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens
and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the
collateral securing the first lien notes, as well as the ability
of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on such
collateral.
The
lien ranking provisions of the indenture and other agreements
relating to the collateral securing the 2009 second lien notes
limit the rights of holders of the 2009 second lien notes with
respect to that collateral, even during an event of
default.
The rights of the holders of the 2009 second lien notes with
respect to the collateral that secures the 2009 second lien
notes and the other second lien on a second-priority or
third-priority basis, as the case may be, are substantially
limited by the terms of the lien ranking agreements set forth in
the indenture and the intercreditor agreement relating to the
2009 second lien notes, even during an event of default. Under
the indenture and the intercreditor agreement, at any time that
obligations that have the benefit of the higher-priority liens
are outstanding, any actions that may be taken with respect to
such collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement
of enforcement proceedings against such collateral and to
control the conduct of such proceedings, and the approval of
amendments to, releases of such collateral from the lien of, and
waivers of past defaults under, such documents relating to such
collateral, will be at the direction of the holders of the
obligations secured by the first-priority and second-priority
liens, as applicable, and the holders of the notes secured by
lower-priority liens may be adversely affected.
In addition, the indenture and the intercreditor agreement
relating to the 2009 second lien notes contain certain
provisions benefiting holders of indebtedness under our senior
secured credit facilities and the first lien notes, including
provisions requiring the trustee and the collateral agent not to
object following the filing of a bankruptcy petition to a number
of important matters regarding the collateral. After such
filing, the value of this collateral could materially
deteriorate, and holders of the 2009 second lien notes and the
other second lien notes would be unable to raise an objection.
In addition, the right of holders of obligations secured by
first-priority and second-priority liens, as applicable, to
foreclose upon and sell such collateral upon the occurrence of
an event of default also would be subject to limitations under
applicable bankruptcy laws if we or any of our subsidiaries
become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding.
The collateral that secures the 2009 second lien notes and the
other second lien notes and the related guarantees on a
lower-priority basis is also subject to any and all exceptions,
defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections as may be
accepted by the lenders under our senior secured credit
facilities, the collateral agent for our first lien notes and
other creditors that have the benefit of higher-priority liens
on such collateral from time to time, whether on or after the
date the 2009 second lien notes and guarantees were issued. The
existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens
and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the
collateral securing the 2009 second lien notes and the other
second lien notes as well as the ability of the collateral agent
for the second lien notes to realize or foreclose on such
collateral.
Even
though the holders of the first lien notes benefit from a
first-priority lien on the collateral that secures our cash flow
credit facility, the representative of the lenders under the
cash flow credit facility will initially control actions with
respect to that collateral.
The rights of the holders of the first lien notes with respect
to the collateral that secures the first lien notes on a
first-priority basis is subject to a first lien intercreditor
agreement among all holders of obligations secured by that
collateral on a first-priority basis, including the obligations
under our cash flow credit facility. Under that intercreditor
agreement, any actions that may be taken with respect to such
collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of
enforcement proceedings against such collateral, to control such
proceedings and to approve amendments to releases of such
collateral from the lien of, and waive past defaults under, such
documents relating to such collateral, will be at the direction
of the authorized representative of the lenders under the cash
flow credit facility until (1) our obligations under the
cash flow credit facility are discharged (which discharge does
not include certain refinancings of the cash flow credit
facility) or (2) 90 days
37
after the occurrence of an event of default under the indentures
governing the first lien notes. Under the circumstances
described in clause (2) of the preceding sentence, the
authorized representative of the holders of the indebtedness
that represents the largest outstanding principal amount of
indebtedness secured by a first-priority lien on the collateral
(other than the cash flow credit facility) and has complied with
the applicable notice provisions gains the right to take actions
with respect to the collateral.
Even if the authorized representative of a series of first lien
notes gains the right to direct the collateral agent in the
circumstances described in clause (2) above, the authorized
representative must stop doing so (and those powers with respect
to the collateral would revert to the authorized representative
of the lenders under the cash flow credit facility) if the
lenders authorized representative has commenced and is
diligently pursuing enforcement action with respect to the
collateral or the grantor of the security interest in that
collateral (whether our company or the applicable subsidiary
guarantor) is then a debtor under or with respect to (or
otherwise subject to) an insolvency or liquidation proceeding.
In addition, the senior secured credit facilities and the
indentures governing the first lien notes permit us to issue
additional series of notes that also have a first-priority lien
on the same collateral. As explained above, any time that the
representative of the lenders under the cash flow credit
facility does not have the right to take actions with respect to
the collateral pursuant to the first lien intercreditor
agreement, that right passes to the authorized representative of
the holders of the next largest outstanding principal amount of
indebtedness secured by a first-priority lien on the collateral.
Even though the outstanding 2019 notes are the largest series of
outstanding first lien notes, if we issue additional first lien
notes in the future in a greater principal amount than the
outstanding 2019 notes, then the authorized representative for
those additional notes would be earlier in line to exercise
rights under the first lien intercreditor agreement than the
authorized representative for the outstanding 2019 notes.
Under the first lien intercreditor agreement, the authorized
representative of the holders of the first lien notes may not
object following the filing of a bankruptcy petition to any
debtor-in-possession
financing or to the use of the shared collateral to secure that
financing, subject to conditions and limited exceptions. After
such a filing, the value of this collateral could materially
deteriorate, and holders of the first lien notes would be unable
to raise an objection.
The collateral that secures the first lien notes and guarantees
on a first-priority basis will also be subject to any and all
exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections
as may be accepted by the authorized representative of the
lenders under our cash flow credit facility or of a series of
first lien notes during any period that such authorized
representative controls actions with respect to the collateral
pursuant to the first lien intercreditor agreement. The
existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens
and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the
collateral securing the first lien notes as well as the ability
of the collateral agent for the first lien notes to realize or
foreclose on such collateral for the benefit of the holders of
the first lien notes.
We
will in most cases have control over the collateral, and the
sale of particular assets by us could reduce the pool of assets
securing the notes and the guarantees.
The collateral documents allow us to remain in possession of,
retain exclusive control over, freely operate, and collect,
invest and dispose of any income from, the collateral securing
the notes and the guarantees, except, under certain
circumstances, cash transferred to accounts controlled by the
administrative agent under our asset-based revolving credit
facility.
In addition, we will not be required to comply with all or any
portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939 (the Trust Indenture Act) if we
determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that, under
the terms of that Section
and/or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC
and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or such portion of Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released
collateral. For example, so long as no default or event of
default under the indenture would result therefrom and such
transaction would not violate the Trust Indenture Act, we
may, among other things, without any release or consent by the
indenture trustee, conduct ordinary course activities with
respect to collateral, such as selling, factoring, abandoning or
otherwise
38
disposing of collateral and making ordinary course cash payments
(including repayments of indebtedness). See Description of
the February 2009 Notes, Description of the April
2009 Notes, Description of the August 2009
Notes and Description of the March 2010 Notes.
There
are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes
under which the collateral securing the notes and guarantees
will be released automatically, without your consent or the
consent of the trustee.
Under various circumstances, collateral securing the notes will
be released automatically, including:
|
|
|
|
|
a sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a
transaction not prohibited under the indenture;
|
|
|
|
with respect to collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release
of such guarantor from its guarantee;
|
|
|
|
with respect to collateral that is capital stock, upon the
dissolution of the issuer of such capital stock in accordance
with the indenture;
|
|
|
|
as to the first lien notes, with respect to any receivables
collateral in which the first lien notes have a second-priority
lien upon any release by the lenders under our asset-based
revolving credit facility of their first-priority security
interest in such collateral; provided that, if the
release occurs in connection with a foreclosure or exercise of
remedies by the collateral agent for the lenders under our
asset-based revolving credit facility, the lien on that
collateral will be automatically released but any proceeds
thereof not used to repay the obligations under our asset-based
revolving credit facility will be subject to lien in favor of
the collateral agent for the holders of the first lien notes and
our cash flow credit facility;
|
|
|
|
as to the first lien notes, with respect to the collateral upon
which the first lien notes have a first-priority lien, upon any
release in connection with a foreclosure or exercise of remedies
with respect to that collateral directed by the authorized
representative of the lenders under our cash flow credit
facility during any period that such authorized representative
controls actions with respect to the collateral pursuant to the
first lien intercreditor agreement. Even though the holders of
the first lien notes share ratably with the lenders under our
cash flow credit facility, the authorized representative of the
lenders under our cash flow credit facility will initially
control actions with respect to the collateral, whether or not
the holders of the notes agree or disagree with those actions.
See Even though the holders of the first lien
notes benefit from a first-priority lien on the collateral that
secures our cash flow credit facility, the representative of the
lenders under the cash flow credit facility will initially
control actions with respect to that collateral; and
|
|
|
|
as to the 2009 second lien notes, with respect to any collateral
in which the 2009 second lien notes have a second-priority or
third-priority lien, upon any release by the lenders under our
senior secured credit facilities and the collateral agent for
our first lien notes of their first-priority or second-priority
security interests in such collateral unless such release occurs
in connection with a discharge in full in cash of first lien
obligations, which discharge is not in connection with a
foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to,
non-receivables collateral by the first lien secured parties
(such discharge not in connection with any such foreclosure or
exercise of remedies, a Payment Discharge);
provided that, in the case of a Payment Discharge, the
lien on any non-receivables collateral disposed of in
satisfaction in whole or in part of first lien obligations shall
be automatically released, but any proceeds thereof not used for
purposes of the discharge of first lien obligations in full in
cash or otherwise in accordance with the indentures governing
the second lien notes shall be subject to lien in favor of the
collateral agent for the 2009 second lien notes and the other
second lien notes.
|
In addition, the guarantee of a subsidiary guarantor will be
automatically released to the extent it is released under the
senior secured credit facilities or in connection with a sale of
such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the
indenture.
The indentures governing the notes also permit us to designate
one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor
of the notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If we designate a
subsidiary guarantor as an
39
unrestricted subsidiary for purposes of the indentures governing
the notes, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such
subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the
notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be
released under the indentures but not necessarily under our
senior secured credit facilities. Designation of an unrestricted
subsidiary will reduce the aggregate value of the collateral
securing the notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In
addition, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its
subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries. See
Description of the February 2009 Notes,
Description of the April 2009 Notes,
Description of the August 2009 Notes and
Description of the March 2010 Notes.
The
imposition of certain permitted liens will cause the assets on
which such liens are imposed to be excluded from the collateral
securing the notes and the guarantees. There are also certain
other categories of property that are excluded from the
collateral.
The indentures governing the notes permit liens in favor of
third parties to secure additional debt, including purchase
money indebtedness and capital lease obligations, and any assets
subject to such liens are automatically excluded from the
collateral securing the notes and the guarantees. Our ability to
incur purchase money indebtedness and capital lease obligations
is subject to the limitations as described in Description
of the February 2009 Notes, Description of the April
2009 Notes, Description of the August 2009
Notes and Description of the March 2010 Notes.
In addition, certain categories of assets are excluded from the
collateral securing the notes and the guarantees. Excluded
assets include the assets of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and
equity investees, certain capital stock and other securities of
our subsidiaries and equity investees, certain properties that
do not secure our senior secured credit facilities, certain
European collateral that secures our senior secured European
term loan facility, deposit accounts, other bank or securities
accounts, cash, leaseholds and motor vehicles, and the proceeds
from any of the foregoing. Also, the lien on properties defined
as principal properties under our existing indenture
dated as of December 16, 1993, so long as that indenture
remains in effect, will be limited to securing a portion of the
indebtedness under our cash flow credit facility and the first
lien notes that, in the aggregate, does not exceed 10% of our
consolidated net tangible assets. These principal
properties do not secure the 2009 second lien notes or the
other second lien notes. See Description of the February
2009 Notes, Description of the April 2009
Notes, Description of the August 2009 Notes
and Description of the March 2010 Notes. If an event
of default occurs under any series of notes and those notes are
accelerated, the notes and the guarantees will rank equally with
the holders of other unsubordinated and unsecured indebtedness
of the relevant entity with respect to any excluded property.
As of December 31, 2009, our non-guarantor subsidiaries
accounted for approximately $9.672 billion, or 40.1%, of
our total assets and approximately $6.750 billion, or
21.1%, of our total liabilities.
The
pledge of the capital stock, other securities and similar items
of our subsidiaries that secure the notes will automatically be
released from the lien on them and no longer constitute
collateral for so long as the pledge of such capital stock or
such other securities would require the filing of separate
financial statements with the SEC for that
subsidiary.
The notes and the guarantees are secured by a pledge of the
stock of some of our subsidiaries. Under the SEC regulations in
effect as of the issue date of the notes, if the par value, book
value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest)
of the capital stock, other securities or similar items of a
subsidiary pledged as part of the collateral is greater than or
equal to 20% of the aggregate principal amount of any class of
notes then outstanding, such subsidiary would be required to
provide separate financial statements to the SEC. Therefore, the
indentures and the collateral documents relating to each series
of notes provide that any capital stock and other securities of
any of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral for
so long as the pledge of such capital stock or other securities
to secure that series of notes would cause such subsidiary to be
required to file separate financial statements with the SEC
pursuant to
Rule 3-16
of
Regulation S-X
(as in effect from time to time).
As a result, holders of the notes could lose a portion or all of
their security interest in the capital stock or other securities
of those subsidiaries during such period. It may be more
difficult, costly and time-consuming
40
for holders of the notes to foreclose on the assets of a
subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other
securities, so the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure
could be significantly less than those that would have been
received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities
of such subsidiary. See Description of the February 2009
Notes Security, Description of the April
2009 Notes Security, Description of the
August 2009 Notes Security and
Description of the March 2010 Notes
Security.
Your
rights in the collateral may be adversely affected by the
failure to perfect security interests in certain collateral in
the future.
Applicable law requires that certain property and rights
acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as
real property, equipment subject to a certificate and certain
proceeds, can only be perfected at the time such property and
rights are acquired and identified. The trustees or the
collateral agents for the notes may not monitor, or we may not
inform the trustees or the collateral agents of, the future
acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral,
and necessary action may not be taken to properly perfect the
security interest in such after-acquired collateral. The
collateral agents for the notes have no obligation to monitor
the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute
collateral or the perfection of any security interest in favor
of the notes against third parties. Such failure may result in
the loss of the security interest therein or the priority of the
security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.
The
collateral is subject to casualty risks.
We intend to maintain insurance or otherwise insure against
hazards in a manner appropriate and customary for our business.
There are, however, certain losses that may be either
uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part.
Insurance proceeds may not compensate us fully for our losses.
If there is a complete or partial loss of any of the pledged
collateral, the insurance proceeds may not be sufficient to
satisfy all of the secured obligations, including the notes and
the guarantees.
We may
not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control
events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all
outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest. The source of funds for any such purchase
of the notes will be our available cash or cash generated from
our subsidiaries operations or other sources, including
borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be
able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we
may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of
the notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Further,
we are contractually restricted under the terms of our senior
secured credit facilities from repurchasing all of the notes
tendered by holders upon a change of control. Accordingly, we
may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the notes
unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under the
instruments governing that indebtedness. Our failure to
repurchase any series of notes upon a change of control would
cause a default under the indenture governing that series of
notes and a cross-default under the instruments governing our
senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing
our other first lien notes and second lien notes. The
instruments governing our senior secured credit facilities also
provide that a change of control will be a default that permits
lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder. Any
of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions.
In the
event of our bankruptcy, the ability of the holders of the notes
to realize upon the collateral will be subject to certain
bankruptcy law limitations.
The ability of holders of the notes to realize upon the
collateral will be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations
in the event of our bankruptcy. Under applicable
U.S. federal bankruptcy laws, secured creditors are
prohibited from repossessing their security from a debtor in a
bankruptcy case without bankruptcy court approval and may be
prohibited from disposing of security repossessed from such a
debtor without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, applicable
federal bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to continue
to retain collateral, including cash collateral, even though the
debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments,
provided that the secured creditor is given adequate
protection.
41
The meaning of the term adequate protection may vary
according to the circumstances, but is intended generally to
protect the value of the secured creditors interest in the
collateral at the commencement of the bankruptcy case and may
include cash payments or the granting of additional security if
and at such times as the court, in its discretion, determines
that a diminution in the value of the collateral occurs as a
result of the stay of repossession or the disposition of the
collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view
of the lack of a precise definition of the term adequate
protection and the broad discretionary powers of a
U.S. bankruptcy court, we cannot predict whether or when
the collateral agent for the notes could foreclose upon or sell
the collateral or whether or to what extent holders of notes
would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value
of the collateral through the requirement of adequate
protection.
Moreover, the collateral agents may need to evaluate the impact
of the potential liabilities before determining to foreclose on
collateral consisting of real property, if any, because secured
creditors that hold a security interest in real property may be
held liable under environmental laws for the costs of
remediating or preventing the release or threatened release of
hazardous substances at such real property. Consequently, the
collateral agents may decline to foreclose on such collateral or
exercise remedies available in respect thereof if they does not
receive indemnification to their satisfaction from the holders
of the notes.
Federal
and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void
the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any
payments on the notes.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes
may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of the
guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable
provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws,
which may vary from state to state, the notes or guarantees
could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if
(1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the
notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering,
delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the
guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either
issuing the notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case
of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time
thereof:
|
|
|
|
|
we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or
rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the
incurrence of the guarantees;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees
left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an
unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;
|
|
|
|
we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or
such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such
guarantors ability to pay as they mature; or
|
|
|
|
we were or any of the guarantors was a defendant in an action
for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed
against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final
judgment, the judgment was unsatisfied.
|
If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or the
incurrence of the guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under
the notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the notes or
such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of
ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the
notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such
guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer
or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the
notes. Further, the voidance of the notes could result in an
event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries
other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.
As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an
obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation,
property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or
satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have
received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor
uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or
otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the
debtor.
We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to
determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at
the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court
uses, that the issuance
42
of the guarantees would not be further subordinated to our or
any of our guarantors other debt. Generally, however, an
entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred
indebtedness:
|
|
|
|
|
the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was
greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets;
|
|
|
|
the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the
amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on
its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they
become absolute and mature; or
|
|
|
|
it could not pay its debts as they become due.
|
Your
ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of
an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any
active trading market will develop for the notes.
We cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange
notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue.
Historically, the market for non investment-grade debt has been
subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility
in the prices of securities similar to the notes. We cannot
assure you that the market, if any, for the exchange notes will
be free from similar disruptions or that any such disruptions
may not adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your
notes. In addition, the exchange notes may trade at a discount
from the price at which the outstanding notes of the applicable
series were initially offered, depending upon prevailing
interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance
and other factors.
ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P., ML HCA Co. Invest, L.P. and
Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 are affiliates of Banc of
America Securities LLC, which was one of the initial purchasers
of the outstanding notes. As a result of this affiliate
relationship, if Banc of America Securities LLC conducts any
market making activities with respect to the exchange notes,
Banc of America Securities LLC will be required to deliver a
market making prospectus when effecting offers and sales of the
exchange notes. For as long as a market making prospectus is
required to be delivered, the ability of Banc of America
Securities LLC to make a market in the exchange notes may, in
part, be dependent on our ability to maintain a current market
making prospectus for its use. If we are unable to maintain a
current market making prospectus, Banc of America Securities LLC
may be required to discontinue its market making activities
without notice.
The
outstanding 2017 notes and the outstanding 2019 notes were
issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
The outstanding 2017 notes and the outstanding 2019 notes were
issued with original issue discount (OID) for
U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the
difference between their stated principal amount and their issue
price. U.S. holders of the outstanding 2017 notes and the
outstanding 2019 notes will be required to include such
difference in gross income on a constant yield to maturity basis
in advance of the receipt of cash payment thereof regardless of
such holders method of accounting for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. See Certain United States Federal Tax
Consequences.
43
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve
risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all
statements that do not relate solely to historical or current
facts, and you can identify forward-looking statements because
they contain words such as believes,
expects, may, will,
should, seeks,
approximately, intends,
plans, estimates, projects,
continue, initiative or
anticipates or similar expressions that concern our
prospects, objectives, strategies, plans or intentions. All
statements made relating to our estimated and projected
earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates
and financial results or to the impact of existing or proposed
laws or regulations described or incorporated by reference in
this prospectus are forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements are subject to risks and
uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our
actual results may differ materially from those expected. We
derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating
budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed
assumptions. While we believe our assumptions are reasonable, it
is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and,
of course, it is impossible to anticipate all factors that could
affect our actual results.
Some of the important factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under
Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus,
including, without limitation, in conjunction with the
forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All
subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements
attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are
expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary
statements.
We caution you that the important factors discussed above may
not contain all of the material factors that are important to
you. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus
are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation
to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
otherwise required by law.
44
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. In consideration
for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this
prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount
of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all
material respects to the exchange notes. The outstanding notes
surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired
and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance
of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our
capitalization.
45
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
on a historical basis;
|
|
|
|
on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the February 2010
distribution of $1.750 billion to our stockholders on
February 5, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
on a further adjusted basis after giving effect to the offering
of the outstanding September 2020 notes and the use of proceeds
therefrom.
|
The information in this table should be read in conjunction with
Summary Recent Developments,
Selected Financial Data and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Further
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Adjusted for
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2010
|
|
|
September 2020
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Distribution(1)
|
|
|
Notes Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
312
|
|
|
$
|
212
|
|
|
$
|
212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior secured credit facilities(2)
|
|
$
|
9,702
|
|
|
$
|
11,352
|
|
|
$
|
9,990
|
|
First lien notes(3)
|
|
|
2,682
|
|
|
|
2,682
|
|
|
|
4,069
|
|
Other secured indebtedness(4)
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
Existing second lien notes(5)
|
|
|
6,078
|
|
|
|
6,078
|
|
|
|
6,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total senior secured indebtedness
|
|
|
18,824
|
|
|
|
20,474
|
|
|
|
20,499
|
|
Unsecured indebtedness(6)
|
|
|
6,846
|
|
|
|
6,846
|
|
|
|
6,846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
25,670
|
|
|
|
27,320
|
|
|
|
27,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit attributable to HCA Inc.
|
|
|
(8,986
|
)
|
|
|
(10,736
|
)
|
|
|
(10,736
|
)
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(7,978
|
)
|
|
|
(9,728
|
)
|
|
|
(9,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
17,692
|
|
|
$
|
17,592
|
|
|
$
|
17,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On January 27, 2010, our Board of Directors declared a
distribution to the Companys stockholders and holders of
vested stock options, which was paid on February 5, 2010.
The distribution was $17.50 per share and vested stock option,
or approximately $1.750 billion in the aggregate. The
distribution was funded using borrowings of approximately
$1.650 billion under our existing senior secured credit
facilities and approximately $100 million of cash on hand. |
|
(2) |
|
In connection with the Recapitalization, we entered into
(i) a $2.000 billion asset-based revolving credit
facility with an original six-year maturity (the
asset-based revolving credit facility)
($715 million outstanding at December 31, 2009 and an
additional approximately $1.050 billion was drawn in
connection with the February 2010 distribution); (ii) a
$2.000 billion senior secured revolving credit facility
with an original six-year maturity (the senior secured
revolving credit facility) (none outstanding at
December 31, 2009, without giving effect to outstanding
letters of credit, but approximately $600 million of which
was drawn in connection with the February 2010 distribution);
(iii) a $2.750 billion senior secured term loan A
facility with an original six-year maturity ($1.908 billion
outstanding at December 31, 2009, and approximately
$1.618 billion outstanding after giving effect to the use
of the estimated net proceeds of the outstanding September 2020
notes); (iv) an $8.800 billion senior secured term
loan B facility with an original seven-year maturity
($6.515 billion outstanding at December 31, 2009, and
approximately $5.528 billion |
46
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding after giving effect to the use of the estimated net
proceeds of the offering of the outstanding September 2020
notes); and (v) a 1.000 billion
(394 million, or $564 million-equivalent,
outstanding at December 31, 2009, and approximately
335 million, or $479 million-equivalent,
outstanding after giving effect to the use of the estimated net
proceeds of the offering of the outstanding September 2020
notes), senior secured European term loan facility with an
original seven-year maturity. We refer to the facilities
described under (ii) through (v) above, collectively,
as the cash flow credit facility and, together with
the asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior
secured credit facilities. |
|
(3) |
|
In April 2009, we issued $1.500 billion aggregate principal
amount of first lien notes at a price of 96.755% of their face
value, resulting in $1.451 billion of gross proceeds, which
were used to repay obligations under our cash flow credit
facility after the payment of related fees and expenses. In
August 2009, we issued $1.250 billion aggregate principal
amount of first lien notes at a price of 98.254% of their face
value, resulting in $1.228 billion of gross proceeds, which
were used to repay obligations under our cash flow credit
facility after the payment of related fees and expenses. In
March 2010, we issued $1.400 billion aggregate principal
amount of first lien notes at a price of 99.095% of their face
value, resulting in approximately $1.387 billion of gross
proceeds, which were used to repay obligations under our cash
flow credit facility after the payment of related fees and
expenses. In each case, the discount will accrete and be
included in interest expense until the applicable first lien
notes mature. |
|
(4) |
|
Consists of capital leases and other secured debt with a
weighted average interest rate of 6.84%. |
|
(5) |
|
Consists of $4.200 billion of second lien notes (comprised
of $1.000 billion of
91/8% notes
due 2014 and $3.200 billion of
91/4% notes
due 2016) and $1.578 billion of
95/8%/103/8%
second lien toggle notes (which allow us, at our option, to pay
interest in kind during the first five years at the higher
interest rate of
103/8%)
due 2016. In addition, in February 2009 we issued
$310 million aggregate principal amount of
97/8%
second lien notes due 2017 at a price of 96.673% of their face
value, resulting in $300 million of gross proceeds, which
were used to repay obligations under our cash flow credit
facility after payment of related fees and expenses. The
discount on the 2009 second lien notes will accrete and be
included in interest expense until those 2009 second lien notes
mature. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of (i) an aggregate principal amount of
$367 million medium-term notes with maturities ranging from
2010 to 2025 and a weighted average interest rate of 8.42%;
(ii) an aggregate principal amount of $886 million
debentures with maturities ranging from 2015 to 2095 and a
weighted average interest rate of 7.55%; (iii) an aggregate
principal amount of $5.407 billion senior notes with
maturities ranging from 2010 to 2033 and a weighted average
interest rate of 6.79%; (iv) £121 million
($196 million-equivalent at December 31,
2009) aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes
due 2010; and (v) $10 million of unamortized debt
discounts that reduce the existing indebtedness. For more
information regarding our unsecured and other indebtedness, see
Description of Other Indebtedness. |
47
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial data of HCA
Inc. as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected
financial data as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. The selected financial data as of December 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2006 presented in this table have been derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not
included in this prospectus.
The selected financial data set forth below should be read in
conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated
financial statements and related notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
Summary of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
30,052
|
|
|
$
|
28,374
|
|
|
$
|
26,858
|
|
|
$
|
25,477
|
|
|
$
|
24,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
11,958
|
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
10,714
|
|
|
|
10,409
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
4,868
|
|
|
|
4,620
|
|
|
|
4,395
|
|
|
|
4,322
|
|
|
|
4,126
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
4,724
|
|
|
|
4,554
|
|
|
|
4,233
|
|
|
|
4,056
|
|
|
|
4,034
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
3,276
|
|
|
|
3,409
|
|
|
|
3,130
|
|
|
|
2,660
|
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
Equity in earnings of affiliates
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
(197
|
)
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
Gains on sales of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,425
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
1,426
|
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,987
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
2,215
|
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
Losses (gains) on sales of facilities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
(205
|
)
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,050
|
|
|
|
27,204
|
|
|
|
25,460
|
|
|
|
23,614
|
|
|
|
22,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
1,863
|
|
|
|
2,332
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
|
1,237
|
|
|
|
1,602
|
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to HCA Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,054
|
|
|
$
|
673
|
|
|
$
|
874
|
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
|
$
|
1,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Position:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
$
|
24,131
|
|
|
$
|
24,280
|
|
|
$
|
24,025
|
|
|
$
|
23,675
|
|
|
$
|
22,225
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,391
|
|
|
|
2,356
|
|
|
|
2,502
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
Long-term debt, including amounts due within one year
|
|
|
25,670
|
|
|
|
26,989
|
|
|
|
27,308
|
|
|
|
28,408
|
|
|
|
10,475
|
|
Equity securities with contingent redemption rights
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
828
|
|
Stockholders (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(7,978
|
)
|
|
|
(9,260
|
)
|
|
|
(9,600
|
)
|
|
|
(10,467
|
)
|
|
|
5,691
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,747
|
|
|
$
|
1,990
|
|
|
$
|
1,564
|
|
|
$
|
1,988
|
|
|
$
|
3,162
|
|
Cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,035
|
)
|
|
|
(1,467
|
)
|
|
|
(479
|
)
|
|
|
(1,307
|
)
|
|
|
(1,681
|
)
|
Cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(1,865
|
)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
(1,326
|
)
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
|
|
(1,403
|
)
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
1,317
|
|
|
$
|
1,600
|
|
|
$
|
1,444
|
|
|
$
|
1,865
|
|
|
$
|
1,592
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(a)
|
|
|
1.91
|
x
|
|
|
1.52
|
x
|
|
|
1.57
|
x
|
|
|
2.61
|
x
|
|
|
3.85
|
x
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of hospitals at end of period(b)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
Number of freestanding outpatient surgical centers at end of
period(c)
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Number of licensed beds at end of period(d)
|
|
|
38,839
|
|
|
|
38,504
|
|
|
|
38,405
|
|
|
|
39,354
|
|
|
|
41,265
|
|
Weighted average licensed beds(e)
|
|
|
38,825
|
|
|
|
38,422
|
|
|
|
39,065
|
|
|
|
40,653
|
|
|
|
41,902
|
|
Admissions(f)
|
|
|
1,556,500
|
|
|
|
1,541,800
|
|
|
|
1,552,700
|
|
|
|
1,610,100
|
|
|
|
1,647,800
|
|
Equivalent admissions(g)
|
|
|
2,439,000
|
|
|
|
2,363,600
|
|
|
|
2,352,400
|
|
|
|
2,416,700
|
|
|
|
2,476,600
|
|
Average length of stay (days)(h)
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Average daily census(i)
|
|
|
20,650
|
|
|
|
20,795
|
|
|
|
21,049
|
|
|
|
21,688
|
|
|
|
22,225
|
|
Occupancy(j)
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
Emergency room visits(k)
|
|
|
5,593,500
|
|
|
|
5,246,400
|
|
|
|
5,116,100
|
|
|
|
5,213,500
|
|
|
|
5,415,200
|
|
Outpatient surgeries(l)
|
|
|
794,600
|
|
|
|
797,400
|
|
|
|
804,900
|
|
|
|
820,900
|
|
|
|
836,600
|
|
Inpatient surgeries(m)
|
|
|
494,500
|
|
|
|
493,100
|
|
|
|
516,500
|
|
|
|
533,100
|
|
|
|
541,400
|
|
Days revenues in accounts receivable(n)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Gross patient revenues(o)
|
|
$
|
115,682
|
|
|
$
|
102,843
|
|
|
$
|
92,429
|
|
|
$
|
84,913
|
|
|
$
|
78,662
|
|
Outpatient revenues as a % of patient revenues(p)
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings consist of net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests and income taxes plus fixed charges,
exclusive of capitalized interest. Fixed charges include cash
and noncash interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized,
amortization of debt issuance cost, and the portion of rent
expense representative of the interest factor. |
|
(b) |
|
Excludes eight facilities in 2009, 2008 and 2007 and seven
facilities in 2006 and 2005 that are not consolidated (accounted
for using the equity method) for financial reporting purposes. |
|
(c) |
|
Excludes eight facilities in 2009 and 2008, nine facilities in
2007 and 2006 and seven facilities in 2005 that are not
consolidated (accounted for using the equity method) for
financial reporting purposes. |
|
(d) |
|
Licensed beds are those beds for which a facility has been
granted approval to operate from the applicable state licensing
agency. |
|
(e) |
|
Weighted average licensed beds represents the average number of
licensed beds, weighted based on periods owned. |
|
(f) |
|
Represents the total number of patients admitted to our
hospitals and is used by management and certain investors as a
general measure of inpatient volume. |
49
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Equivalent admissions are used by management and certain
investors as a general measure of combined inpatient and
outpatient volume. Equivalent admissions are computed by
multiplying admissions (inpatient volume) by the sum of gross
inpatient revenue and gross outpatient revenue and then dividing
the resulting amount by gross inpatient revenue. The equivalent
admissions computation equates outpatient revenue to
the volume measure (admissions) used to measure inpatient
volume, resulting in a general measure of combined inpatient and
outpatient volume. |
|
(h) |
|
Represents the average number of days admitted patients stay in
our hospitals. |
|
(i) |
|
Represents the average number of patients in our hospital beds
each day. |
|
(j) |
|
Represents the percentage of hospital licensed beds occupied by
patients. Both average daily census and occupancy rate provide
measures of the utilization of inpatient rooms. |
|
(k) |
|
Represents the number of patients treated in our emergency rooms. |
|
(l) |
|
Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who
were not admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and
endoscopy procedures are not included in outpatient surgeries. |
|
(m) |
|
Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who
have been admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and
endoscopy procedures are not included in inpatient surgeries. |
|
(n) |
|
Revenues per day is calculated by dividing the revenues for the
period by the days in the period. Days revenues in accounts
receivable is then calculated as accounts receivable, net of the
allowance for doubtful accounts, at the end of the period
divided by revenues per day. |
|
(o) |
|
Gross patient revenues are based upon our standard charge
listing. Gross charges/revenues typically do not reflect what
our hospital facilities are paid. Gross charges/revenues are
reduced by contractual adjustments, discounts and charity care
to determine reported revenues. |
|
(p) |
|
Represents the percentage of patient revenues related to
patients who are not admitted to our hospitals. |
50
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our results of
operations and financial condition with Selected Financial
Data and the audited consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves
numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to,
those described in the Risk Factors section of this
prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those
contained in any forward-looking statements.
You also should read the following discussion of our results
of operations and financial condition with
Business Business Drivers and Measures
for a discussion of certain of our important financial policies
and objectives; performance measures and operational factors we
use to evaluate our financial condition and operating
performance; and our business segments.
Overview
We are one of the leading health care services companies in the
United States. At December 31, 2009, we operated 163
hospitals, comprised of 157 general, acute care hospitals; five
psychiatric hospitals; and one rehabilitation hospital. The 163
hospital total includes eight hospitals (seven general, acute
care hospitals and one rehabilitation hospital) owned by joint
ventures in which an affiliate of HCA is a partner, and these
joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. In
addition, we operated 105 freestanding surgery centers, eight of
which are owned by joint ventures in which an affiliate of HCA
is a partner, and these joint ventures are accounted for using
the equity method. Our facilities are located in 20 states
and England. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we
generated revenues of $30.052 billion and net income
attributable to HCA Inc. of $1.054 billion.
2009
Operations Summary
Net income attributable to HCA Inc. totaled $1.054 billion
for 2009, compared to $673 million for 2008. The 2009
results include losses on sales of facilities of
$15 million and impairments of long-lived assets of
$43 million. The 2008 results include gains on sales of
facilities of $97 million and impairments of long-lived
assets of $64 million.
Revenues increased to $30.052 billion for 2009 from
$28.374 billion for 2008. Revenues increased 5.9% on a
consolidated basis and 6.1% on a same facility basis for 2009,
compared to 2008. The consolidated revenues increase can be
attributed to the combined impact of a 2.6% increase in revenue
per equivalent admission and a 3.2% increase in equivalent
admissions. The same facility revenues increase resulted from a
2.6% increase in same facility revenue per equivalent admission
and a 3.4% increase in same facility equivalent admissions.
During 2009, consolidated admissions increased 1.0% and same
facility admissions increased 1.2%, compared to 2008. Inpatient
surgical volumes increased 0.3% on a consolidated basis and
increased 0.5% on a same facility basis during 2009, compared to
2008. Outpatient surgical volumes declined 0.4% on a
consolidated basis and declined 0.1% on a same facility basis
during 2009, compared to 2008. Emergency department visits
increased 6.6% on a consolidated basis and increased 7.0% on a
same facility basis during 2009, compared to 2008.
For 2009, the provision for doubtful accounts declined to 10.9%
of revenues from 12.0% of revenues for 2008. The combined
self-pay revenue deductions for charity care and uninsured
discounts increased $1.486 billion for 2009, compared to
2008. The sum of the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured
discounts and charity care, as a percentage of the sum of net
revenues, uninsured discounts and charity care, was 23.8% for
2009, compared to 21.9% for 2008. Same facility uninsured
admissions increased 4.7% and same facility uninsured emergency
room visits increased 6.5% for 2009, compared to 2008.
Interest expense totaled $1.987 billion for 2009, compared
to $2.021 billion for 2008. The $34 million decline in
interest expense for 2009 was due to a reduction in the average
debt balance offsetting an increase in the average interest rate.
51
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent liabilities and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses. Our estimates are based on historical
experience and various other assumptions we believe are
reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates on
an ongoing basis and make changes to the estimates and related
disclosures as experience develops or new information becomes
known. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our
more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation
of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenues
Revenues are recorded during the period the health care services
are provided, based upon the estimated amounts due from payers.
Estimates of contractual allowances under managed care health
plans are based upon the payment terms specified in the related
contractual agreements. Laws and regulations governing the
Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to
interpretation. The estimated reimbursement amounts are made on
a payer-specific basis and are recorded based on the best
information available regarding managements interpretation
of the applicable laws, regulations and contract terms.
Management continually reviews the contractual estimation
process to consider and incorporate updates to laws and
regulations and the frequent changes in managed care contractual
terms resulting from contract renegotiations and renewals. We
have invested significant resources to refine and improve our
computerized billing systems and the information system data
used to make contractual allowance estimates. We have developed
standardized calculation processes and related training programs
to improve the utility of our patient accounting systems.
The Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act
(EMTALA) requires any hospital participating in the
Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening
examination of every person who presents to the hospitals
emergency room for treatment and, if the individual is suffering
from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize the
condition or make an appropriate transfer of the individual to a
facility able to handle the condition. The obligation to screen
and stabilize emergency medical conditions exists regardless of
an individuals ability to pay for treatment. Federal and
state laws and regulations, including but not limited to EMTALA,
require, and our commitment to providing quality patient care
encourages, the provision of services to patients who are
financially unable to pay for the health care services they
receive. The Health Reform Legislation requires health plans to
reimburse hospitals for emergency services provided to enrollees
without prior authorization and without regard to whether a
participating provider contract is in place. Further, the Health
Reform Legislation contains provisions that seek to decrease the
number of uninsured individuals, including requirements, which
do not become effective until 2014, for individuals to obtain,
and employers to provide, insurance coverage. These mandates may
reduce the financial impact of screening for and stabilizing
emergency medical conditions. However, it is difficult to
predict the full impact of the Health Reform Legislation due to
the laws complexity, lack of implementing regulations or
interpretive guidance, gradual implementation and possible
amendment.
We do not pursue collection of amounts related to patients who
meet our guidelines to qualify as charity care; therefore, they
are not reported in revenues. Patients treated at our hospitals
for nonelective care, who have income at or below 200% of the
federal poverty level, are eligible for charity care. The
federal poverty level is established by the federal government
and is based on income and family size. We provide discounts
from our gross charges to uninsured patients who do not qualify
for Medicaid or charity care. These discounts are similar to
those provided to many local managed care plans.
Due to the complexities involved in the classification and
documentation of health care services authorized and provided,
the estimation of revenues earned and the related reimbursement
are often subject to interpretations that could result in
payments that are different from our estimates. Adjustments to
estimated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement amounts and
disproportionate-share funds, which resulted in net increases to
revenues, related primarily to cost reports filed during the
respective year were $40 million, $32 million and
$47 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The
adjustments to estimated
52
reimbursement amounts, which resulted in net increases to
revenues, related primarily to cost reports filed during
previous years were $60 million, $35 million and
$83 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We expect
adjustments during the next 12 months related to Medicare and
Medicaid cost report filings and settlements and
disproportionate-share funds will result in increases to
revenues within generally similar ranges.
Provision
for Doubtful Accounts and the Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
The collection of outstanding receivables from Medicare, managed
care payers, other third-party payers and patients is our
primary source of cash and is critical to our operating
performance. The primary collection risks relate to uninsured
patient accounts, including patient accounts for which the
primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the
applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts
(deductibles and copayments) remain outstanding. The provision
for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts
relate primarily to amounts due directly from patients. An
estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded for all
uninsured accounts, regardless of the aging of those accounts.
Accounts are written off when all reasonable internal and
external collection efforts have been performed. Our collection
policies include a review of all accounts against certain
standard collection criteria, upon completion of our internal
collection efforts. Accounts determined to possess positive
collectibility attributes are forwarded to a secondary external
collection agency and the other accounts are written off. The
accounts that are not collected by the secondary external
collection agency are written off when they are returned to us
by the collection agency (usually within 12 months).
Writeoffs are based upon specific identification and the
writeoff process requires a writeoff adjustment entry to the
patient accounting system. We do not pursue collection of
amounts related to patients that meet our guidelines to qualify
as charity care.
The amount of the provision for doubtful accounts is based upon
managements assessment of historical writeoffs and
expected net collections, business and economic conditions,
trends in federal, state, and private employer health care
coverage and other collection indicators. Management relies on
the results of detailed reviews of historical writeoffs and
recoveries at facilities that represent a majority of our
revenues and accounts receivable (the hindsight
analysis) as a primary source of information in estimating
the collectibility of our accounts receivable. We perform the
hindsight analysis quarterly, utilizing rolling twelve-months
accounts receivable collection and writeoff data. We believe our
quarterly updates to the estimated allowance for doubtful
accounts at each of our hospital facilities provide reasonable
valuations of our accounts receivable. These routine, quarterly
changes in estimates have not resulted in material adjustments
to our allowance for doubtful accounts, provision for doubtful
accounts or
period-to-period
comparisons of our results of operations. At December 31,
2009 and 2008, the allowance for doubtful accounts represented
approximately 94% and 92%, respectively, of the
$5.176 billion and $5.148 billion, respectively,
patient due accounts receivable balance. The patient due
accounts receivable balance represents the estimated uninsured
portion of our accounts receivable. The estimated uninsured
portion of Medicaid pending and uninsured discount pending
accounts is included in our patient due accounts receivable
balance.
The revenue deductions related to uninsured accounts (charity
care and uninsured discounts) generally have the inverse effect
on the provision for doubtful accounts. To quantify the total
impact of and trends related to uninsured accounts, we believe
it is beneficial to view these revenue deductions and provision
for doubtful accounts in combination, rather than each
separately. A summary of these amounts for the years ended
December 31, follows (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
3,276
|
|
|
$
|
3,409
|
|
|
$
|
3,130
|
|
Uninsured discounts
|
|
|
2,935
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
1,474
|
|
Charity care
|
|
|
2,151
|
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
$
|
8,362
|
|
|
$
|
7,009
|
|
|
$
|
6,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of
revenues, increased from 11.7% for 2007 to 12.0% for 2008 and
declined to 10.9% for 2009. However, the sum of the provision
for doubtful accounts,
53
uninsured discounts and charity care, as a percentage of the sum
of net revenues, uninsured discounts and charity care increased
from 20.5% for 2007 to 21.9% for 2008 and to 23.8% for 2009.
Days revenues in accounts receivable were 45 days,
49 days and 53 days at December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively. Management expects a continuation of the
challenges related to the collection of the patient due
accounts. Adverse changes in the percentage of our patients
having adequate health care coverage, general economic
conditions, patient accounting service center operations, payer
mix, or trends in federal, state, and private employer health
care coverage could affect the collection of accounts
receivable, cash flows and results of operations.
The approximate breakdown of accounts receivable by payer
classification as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 is set
forth in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
|
Under 91 Days
|
|
|
91180 Days
|
|
|
Over 180 Days
|
|
|
Accounts receivable aging at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medicare and Medicaid
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
Managed care and other insurers
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Uninsured
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable aging at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medicare and Medicaid
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Managed care and other insurers
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Uninsured
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
48
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional
Liability Claims
We, along with virtually all health care providers, operate in
an environment with professional liability risks. Our facilities
are insured by our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary for losses
up to $50 million per occurrence, subject to a
$5 million per occurrence self-insured retention. We
purchase excess insurance on a claims-made basis for losses in
excess of $50 million per occurrence. Our professional
liability reserves, net of receivables under reinsurance
contracts, do not include amounts for any estimated losses
covered by our excess insurance coverage. Provisions for losses
related to professional liability risks were $211 million,
$175 million and $163 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Reserves for professional liability risks represent the
estimated ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses
incurred through the respective consolidated balance sheet
dates. The estimated ultimate cost includes estimates of direct
expenses and fees paid to outside counsel and experts, but does
not include the general overhead costs of our insurance
subsidiary or corporate office. Individual case reserves are
established based upon the particular circumstances of each
reported claim and represent our estimates of the future costs
that will be paid on reported claims. Case reserves are reduced
as claim payments are made and are adjusted upward or downward
as our estimates regarding the amounts of future losses are
revised. Once the case reserves for known claims are determined,
information is stratified by loss layers and retentions,
accident years, reported years, and geographic location of our
hospitals. Several actuarial methods are employed to utilize
this data to produce estimates of ultimate losses and reserves
for incurred but not reported claims, including: paid and
incurred extrapolation methods utilizing paid and incurred loss
development to estimate ultimate losses; frequency and severity
methods utilizing paid and incurred claims development to
estimate ultimate average frequency (number of claims) and
ultimate average severity (cost per claim); and
Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods which add expected development to
actual paid or incurred experience to estimate ultimate losses.
These methods use our company-specific historical claims data
and other information. Company-specific claim reporting and
settlement data collected over an approximate
20-year
period is used in our reserve estimation process. This
company-specific data includes information regarding our
business,
54
including historical paid losses and loss adjustment expenses,
historical and current case loss reserves, actual and projected
hospital statistical data, professional liability retentions for
each policy year, geographic information and other data.
Reserves and provisions for professional liability risks are
based upon actuarially determined estimates. The estimated
reserve ranges, net of amounts receivable under reinsurance
contracts, were $1.024 billion to $1.270 billion at
December 31, 2009 and $1.102 billion to
$1.332 billion at December 31, 2008. Our estimated
reserves for professional liability claims may change
significantly if future claims differ from expected trends. We
perform sensitivity analyses which model the volatility of key
actuarial assumptions and monitor our reserves for adequacy
relative to all our assumptions in the aggregate. Based on our
analysis, we believe the estimated professional liability
reserve ranges represent the reasonably likely outcomes for
ultimate losses. We consider the number and severity of claims
to be the most significant assumptions in estimating reserves
for professional liabilities. A 2% change in the expected
frequency trend could be reasonable likely and would increase
the reserve estimate by $16 million or reduce the reserve
estimate by $15 million. A 2% change in the expected claim
severity trend could be reasonably likely and would increase the
reserve estimate by $69 million or reduce the reserve
estimate by $63 million. We believe adequate reserves have
been recorded for our professional liability claims; however,
due to the complexity of the claims, the extended period of time
to settle the claims and the wide range of potential outcomes,
our ultimate liability for professional liability claims could
change by more than the estimated sensitivity amounts and could
change materially from our current estimates.
The reserves for professional liability risks cover
approximately 2,600 and 2,800 individual claims at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and estimates for
unreported potential claims. The time period required to resolve
these claims can vary depending upon the jurisdiction and
whether the claim is settled or litigated. The average time
period between the occurrence and payment of final settlement
for our professional liability claims is approximately five
years, although the facts and circumstances of each individual
claim can result in an
occurrence-to-settlement
timeframe that varies from this average. The estimation of the
timing of payments beyond a year can vary significantly.
Reserves for professional liability risks were
$1.322 billion and $1.387 billion at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. The current portion of these
reserves, $265 million and $279 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in
other accrued expenses. Obligations covered by
reinsurance contracts are included in the reserves for
professional liability risks, as the insurance subsidiary
remains liable to the extent reinsurers do not meet their
obligations. Reserves for professional liability risks (net of
$53 million and $57 million receivable under
reinsurance contracts at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively) were $1.269 billion and $1.330 billion
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The estimated
total net reserves for professional liability risks at
December 31, 2009 and 2008 are comprised of
$680 million and $724 million, respectively, of case
reserves for known claims and $589 million and
$606 million, respectively, of reserves for incurred but
not reported claims.
Changes in our professional liability reserves, net of
reinsurance recoverable, for the years ended December 31,
are summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net reserves for professional liability claims, January 1
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
|
$
|
1,469
|
|
|
$
|
1,542
|
|
Provision for current year claims
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
Favorable development related to prior years claims
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for current year claims
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Payments for prior years claims
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total claim payments
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for professional liability claims, December 31
|
|
$
|
1,269
|
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
|
$
|
1,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
The favorable development related to prior years claims
resulted from declining claim frequency and moderating claim
severity trends. We believe these favorable trends are primarily
attributable to tort reforms enacted in key states, particularly
Texas, and our risk management and patient safety initiatives,
particularly in the area of obstetrics.
Income
Taxes
We calculate our provision for income taxes using the asset and
liability method, under which deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized by identifying the temporary
differences that arise from the recognition of items in
different periods for tax and accounting purposes. Deferred tax
assets generally represent the tax effects of amounts expensed
in our income statement for which tax deductions will be claimed
in future periods.
Although we believe we have properly reported taxable income and
paid taxes in accordance with applicable laws, federal, state or
international taxing authorities may challenge our tax positions
upon audit. Significant judgment is required in determining and
assessing the impact of uncertain tax positions. We report a
liability for unrecognized tax benefits from uncertain tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in our income tax
return. During each reporting period, we assess the facts and
circumstances related to uncertain tax positions. If the
realization of unrecognized tax benefits is deemed probable
based upon new facts and circumstances, the estimated liability
and the provision for income taxes are reduced in the current
period. Final audit results may vary from our estimates.
Results
of Operations
Revenue/Volume
Trends
Our revenues depend upon inpatient occupancy levels, the
ancillary services and therapy programs ordered by physicians
and provided to patients, the volume of outpatient procedures
and the charge and negotiated payment rates for such services.
Gross charges typically do not reflect what our facilities are
actually paid. Our facilities have entered into agreements with
third-party payers, including government programs and managed
care health plans, under which the facilities are paid based
upon the cost of providing services, predetermined rates per
diagnosis, fixed per diem rates or discounts from gross charges.
We do not pursue collection of amounts related to patients who
meet our guidelines to qualify for charity care; therefore, they
are not reported in revenues. We provide discounts to uninsured
patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity care that
are similar to the discounts provided to many local managed care
plans.
Revenues increased 5.9% to $30.052 billion for 2009 from
$28.374 billion for 2008 and increased 5.6% for 2008 from
$26.858 billion for 2007. The increase in revenues in 2009
can be primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 2.6%
increase in revenue per equivalent admission and a 3.2% increase
in equivalent admissions compared to the prior year. The
increase in revenues in 2008 can be primarily attributed to the
combined impact of a 5.2% increase in revenue per equivalent
admission and a 0.5% increase in equivalent admissions compared
to 2007.
Consolidated admissions increased 1.0% in 2009 compared to 2008
and declined 0.7% in 2008 compared to 2007. Consolidated
inpatient surgeries increased 0.3% and consolidated outpatient
surgeries declined 0.4% during 2009 compared to 2008.
Consolidated inpatient surgeries declined 4.5% and consolidated
outpatient surgeries declined 0.9% during 2008 compared to 2007.
Consolidated emergency department visits increased 6.6% during
2009 compared to 2008 and increased 2.5% during 2008 compared to
2007.
Same facility revenues increased 6.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2008 and increased 7.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2007. The 6.1% increase for 2009 can be
primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 2.6% increase
in same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 3.4%
increase in same facility equivalent admissions. The 7.0%
increase for 2008 can be primarily attributed to the combined
impact of a 5.1% increase in same facility revenue per
equivalent admission and a 1.9% increase in same facility
equivalent admissions.
56
Same facility admissions increased 1.2% in 2009 compared to 2008
and increased 0.9% in 2008 compared to 2007. Same facility
inpatient surgeries increased 0.5% and same facility outpatient
surgeries declined 0.1% during 2009 compared to 2008. Same
facility inpatient surgeries declined 0.5% and same facility
outpatient surgeries declined 0.2% during 2008 compared to 2007.
Same facility emergency department visits increased 7.0% during
2009 compared to 2008 and increased 3.6% during 2008 compared to
2007.
Same facility uninsured emergency room visits increased 6.5% and
same facility uninsured admissions increased 4.7% during 2009
compared to 2008. Same facility uninsured emergency room visits
increased 4.5% and same facility uninsured admissions increased
1.7% during 2008 compared to 2007. Management believes same
facility uninsured emergency department visits and same facility
uninsured admissions could continue to increase during 2010 if
the adverse general economic and unemployment trends continue.
Admissions related to Medicare, managed Medicare, Medicaid,
managed Medicaid, managed care and other insurers and the
uninsured for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007 are set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Medicare
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Managed Medicare
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Medicaid
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Managed Medicaid
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Managed care and other insurers
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Uninsured
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The approximate percentages of our inpatient revenues related to
Medicare, managed Medicare, Medicaid, managed Medicaid, managed
care plans and other insurers and the uninsured for the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Medicare
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
Managed Medicare
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Medicaid
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Managed Medicaid
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Managed care and other insurers
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Uninsured
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009, we owned and operated 38 hospitals
and 33 surgery centers in the state of Florida. Our Florida
facilities revenues totaled $7.343 billion and
$7.099 billion for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2009, we owned and
operated 35 hospitals and 23 surgery centers in the state of
Texas. Our Texas facilities revenues totaled
$8.042 billion and $7.351 billion for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2009 and
2008, 57% and 55%, respectively, of our admissions and 51% of
our revenues were generated by our Florida and Texas facilities.
Uninsured admissions in Florida and Texas represented 64% and
63% of our uninsured admissions during 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
We provided $2.151 billion, $1.747 billion and
$1.530 billion of charity care (amounts are based upon our
gross charges) during the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively. We provide discounts to uninsured
patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity care. These
discounts are similar to those provided to many local managed
care plans and totaled $2.935 billion, $1.853 billion
and $1.474 billion for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
57
We receive a significant portion of our revenues from government
health programs, principally Medicare and Medicaid, which are
highly regulated and subject to frequent and substantial
changes. We have increased the indigent care services we provide
in several communities in the state of Texas, in affiliation
with other hospitals. The state of Texas has been involved in
the effort to increase the indigent care provided by private
hospitals. As a result of this additional indigent care provided
by private hospitals, public hospital districts or counties in
Texas have available funds that were previously devoted to
indigent care. The public hospital districts or counties are
under no contractual or legal obligation to provide such
indigent care. The public hospital districts or counties have
elected to transfer some portion of these available funds to the
states Medicaid program. Such action is at the sole
discretion of the public hospital districts or counties. It is
anticipated that these contributions to the state will be
matched with federal Medicaid funds. The state then may make
supplemental payments to hospitals in the state for Medicaid
services rendered. Hospitals receiving Medicaid supplemental
payments may include those that are providing additional
indigent care services. Such payments must be within the federal
UPL established by federal regulation. Our Texas Medicaid
revenues included $474 million, $262 million and
$232 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, of
Medicaid supplemental payments pursuant to UPL programs.
58
Operating
Results Summary
The following are comparative summaries of operating results for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (dollars
in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
30,052
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
$
|
28,374
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
$
|
26,858
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
11,958
|
|
|
|
39.8
|
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
40.3
|
|
|
|
10,714
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
4,868
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
4,620
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
4,395
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
4,724
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
4,554
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
4,233
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
3,276
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
3,409
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
3,130
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
Equity in earnings of affiliates
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,425
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1,426
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,987
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
2,215
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Losses (gains) on sales of facilities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,050
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
|
|
|
27,204
|
|
|
|
95.9
|
|
|
|
25,460
|
|
|
|
94.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to HCA Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
$
|
673
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
874
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% changes from prior year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
71.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to HCA Inc.
|
|
|
56.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Admissions(a)
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent admissions(b)
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue per equivalent admission
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Same facility % changes from prior year(c):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Admissions(a)
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent admissions(b)
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue per equivalent admission
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Represents the total number of patients admitted to our
hospitals and is used by management and certain investors as a
general measure of inpatient volume. |
|
(b) |
|
Equivalent admissions are used by management and certain
investors as a general measure of combined inpatient and
outpatient volume. Equivalent admissions are computed by
multiplying admissions (inpatient volume) by the sum of gross
inpatient revenue and gross outpatient revenue and then dividing
the resulting amount by gross inpatient revenue. The equivalent
admissions computation equates outpatient revenue to
the volume measure (admissions) used to measure inpatient
volume, resulting in a general measure of combined inpatient and
outpatient volume. |
|
(c) |
|
Same facility information excludes the operations of hospitals
and their related facilities that were either acquired, divested
or removed from service during the current and prior year. |
59
Years
Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
Net income attributable to HCA Inc. totaled $1.054 billion
for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to
$673 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Financial results for 2009 include losses on sales of facilities
of $15 million and asset impairment charges of
$43 million. Financial results for 2008 include gains on
sales of facilities of $97 million and asset impairment
charges of $64 million.
Revenues increased 5.9% to $30.052 billion for 2009 from
$28.374 billion for 2008. The increase in revenues was due
primarily to the combined impact of a 2.6% increase in revenue
per equivalent admission and a 3.2% increase in equivalent
admissions compared to 2008. Same facility revenues increased
6.1% due primarily to the combined impact of a 2.6% increase in
same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 3.4%
increase in same facility equivalent admissions compared to 2008.
During 2009, consolidated admissions increased 1.0% and same
facility admissions increased 1.2% for 2009, compared to 2008.
Consolidated inpatient surgical volumes increased 0.3%, and same
facility inpatient surgeries increased 0.5% during 2009 compared
to 2008. Consolidated outpatient surgical volumes declined 0.4%,
and same facility outpatient surgeries declined 0.1% during 2009
compared to 2008. Emergency department visits increased 6.6% on
a consolidated basis and increased 7.0% on a same facility basis
during 2009 compared to 2008.
Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenues, were 39.8%
in 2009 and 40.3% in 2008. Salaries and benefits per equivalent
admission increased 1.3% in 2009 compared to 2008. Same facility
labor rate increases averaged 3.7% for 2009 compared to 2008.
Supplies, as a percentage of revenues, were 16.2% in 2009 and
16.3% in 2008. Supply costs per equivalent admission increased
2.1% in 2009 compared to 2008. Same facility supply costs
increased 5.9% for medical devices, 4.0% for pharmacy supplies,
7.1% for blood products and 7.0% for general medical and
surgical items in 2009 compared to 2008.
Other operating expenses, as a percentage of revenues, declined
to 15.7% in 2009 from 16.1% in 2008. Other operating expenses
are primarily comprised of contract services, professional fees,
repairs and maintenance, rents and leases, utilities, insurance
(including professional liability insurance) and nonincome
taxes. The overall decline in other operating expenses, as a
percentage of revenues, is comprised of relatively small
reductions in several areas, including utilities, employee
recruitment and travel and entertainment. Other operating
expenses include $248 million and $144 million of
indigent care costs in certain Texas markets during 2009 and
2008, respectively. Provisions for losses related to
professional liability risks were $211 million and
$175 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Provision for doubtful accounts declined $133 million, from
$3.409 billion in 2008 to $3.276 billion in 2009, and
as a percentage of revenues, declined to 10.9% for 2009 from
12.0% in 2008. The provision for doubtful accounts and the
allowance for doubtful accounts relate primarily to uninsured
amounts due directly from patients. The decline in the provision
for doubtful accounts can be attributed to the
$1.486 billion increase in the combined self-pay revenue
deductions for charity care and uninsured discounts during 2009,
compared to 2008. The sum of the provision for doubtful
accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, as a percentage
of the sum of net revenues, uninsured discounts and charity
care, was 23.8% for 2009, compared to 21.9% for 2008. At
December 31, 2009, our allowance for doubtful accounts
represented approximately 94% of the $5.176 billion total
patient due accounts receivable balance, including accounts, net
of estimated contractual discounts, related to patients for
which eligibility for Medicaid coverage or uninsured discounts
was being evaluated.
Equity in earnings of affiliates increased from
$223 million for 2008 to $246 million for 2009. Equity
in earnings of affiliates relates primarily to our Denver,
Colorado market joint venture.
Depreciation and amortization decreased, as a percentage of
revenues, to 4.8% in 2009 from 5.0% in 2008. Depreciation
expense was $1.419 billion for 2009 and $1.412 billion
for 2008.
Interest expense decreased to $1.987 billion for 2009 from
$2.021 billion for 2008. The decrease in interest expense
was due to reductions in the average debt balance. Our average
debt balance was
60
$26.267 billion for 2009 compared to $27.211 billion
for 2008. The average interest rate for our long-term debt
increased from 7.4% for 2008 to 7.6% for 2009.
Net losses on sales of facilities were $15 million for 2009
and included $8 million of net losses on the sales of three
hospital facilities and $7 million of net losses on sales
of real estate and other health care entity investments. Gains
on sales of facilities were $97 million for 2008 and
included $81 million of gains on the sales of two hospital
facilities and $16 million of net gains on sales of real
estate and other health care entity investments.
Impairments of long-lived assets were $43 million for 2009
and included $19 million related to goodwill and
$24 million related to property and equipment. Impairments
of long-lived assets were $64 million for 2008 and included
$48 million related to goodwill and $16 million
related to property and equipment.
The effective tax rate was 37.3% and 28.5% for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The effective tax rate computations exclude net
income attributable to noncontrolling interests as it relates to
consolidated partnerships. Primarily as a result of reaching a
settlement with the IRS Appeals Division and the revision of the
amount of a proposed IRS adjustment related to prior taxable
periods, we reduced our provision for income taxes by
$69 million in 2008. Excluding the effect of these
adjustments, the effective tax rate for 2008 would have been
35.8%.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests increased
from $229 million for 2008 to $321 million for 2009.
The increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling
interests related primarily to growth in operating results of
hospital joint ventures in two Texas markets.
Years
Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
Net income attributable to HCA Inc. totaled $673 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to
$874 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Financial results for 2008 include gains on sales of facilities
of $97 million and asset impairment charges of
$64 million. Financial results for 2007 include gains on
sales of facilities of $471 million and an asset impairment
charge of $24 million.
Revenues increased 5.6% to $28.374 billion for 2008 from
$26.858 billion for 2007. The increase in revenues was due
primarily to the combined impact of a 5.2% increase in revenue
per equivalent admission and a 0.5% increase in equivalent
admissions compared to 2007. Same facility revenues increased
7.0% due primarily to the combined impact of a 5.1% increase in
same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 1.9%
increase in same facility equivalent admissions compared to 2007.
During 2008, consolidated admissions declined 0.7% and same
facility admissions increased 0.9%, compared to 2007. Inpatient
surgical volumes declined 4.5% on a consolidated basis and same
facility inpatient surgeries declined 0.5% during 2008 compared
to 2007. Outpatient surgical volumes declined 0.9% on a
consolidated basis and same facility outpatient surgeries
declined 0.2% during 2008 compared to 2007. Emergency department
visits increased 2.5% on a consolidated basis and increased 3.6%
on a same facility basis during 2008 compared to 2007.
Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenues, were 40.3%
in 2008 and 39.9% in 2007. Salaries and benefits per equivalent
admission increased 6.3% in 2008 compared to 2007. Same facility
labor rate increases averaged 5.1% for 2008 compared to 2007.
Supplies, as a percentage of revenues, were 16.3% in 2008 and
16.4% in 2007. Supply costs per equivalent admission increased
4.5% in 2008 compared to 2007. Same facility supply costs
increased 8.0% for medical devices, 2.8% for pharmacy supplies,
18.7% for blood products and 6.6% for general medical and
surgical items in 2008 compared to 2007.
Other operating expenses, as a percentage of revenues, increased
to 16.1% in 2008 from 15.7% in 2007. Other operating expenses
are primarily comprised of contract services, professional fees,
repairs and maintenance, rents and leases, utilities, insurance
(including professional liability insurance) and nonincome
taxes. Increases in professional fees paid to hospitalists,
emergency room physicians and anesthesiologists represented
20 basis points of the 2008 increase in other operating
expenses. Other operating expenses include
61
$144 million and $187 million of indigent care costs
in certain Texas markets during 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Provisions for losses related to professional liability risks
were $175 million and $163 million for 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Provision for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of revenues,
increased to 12.0% for 2008 from 11.7% in 2007. The provision
for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts
relate primarily to uninsured amounts due directly from
patients. The increase in the provision for doubtful accounts,
as a percentage of revenues, can be attributed to an increasing
amount of patient financial responsibility under certain managed
care plans and same facility increases in uninsured emergency
room visits of 4.5% and uninsured admissions of 1.7% in 2008
compared to 2007. At December 31, 2008, our allowance for
doubtful accounts represented approximately 92% of the
$5.148 billion total patient due accounts receivable
balance, including accounts, net of estimated contractual
discounts, related to patients for which eligibility for
Medicaid coverage or uninsured discounts was being evaluated.
Equity in earnings of affiliates increased from
$206 million for 2007 to $223 million for 2008. Equity
in earnings of affiliates relates primarily to our Denver,
Colorado market joint venture.
Depreciation and amortization declined, as a percentage of
revenues, to 5.0% in 2008 from 5.4% in 2007. Depreciation
expense was $1.412 billion for 2008 and $1.421 billion
for 2007.
Interest expense declined to $2.021 billion for 2008 from
$2.215 billion for 2007. The decline in interest expense
was due to reductions in both the average debt balance and the
average interest rate on long-term debt. Our average debt
balance was $27.211 billion for 2008 compared to
$27.732 billion for 2007. The average interest rate for our
long-term debt declined from 8.0% for 2007 to 7.4% for 2008.
Gains on sales of facilities were $97 million for 2008 and
included $81 million of net gains on the sales of two
hospital facilities and $16 million of net gains on sales
of real estate and other health care entity investments. Gains
on sales of facilities were $471 million for 2007 and
included a $312 million gain on the sale of our two
Switzerland hospitals, a $131 million gain on the sale of a
facility in Florida and $28 million of net gains on sales
of real estate and other health care entity investments.
Impairments of long-lived assets were $64 million for 2008
and included $48 million related to goodwill and
$16 million related to property and equipment. The
$24 million asset impairment for 2007 related to property
and equipment.
The effective tax rate was 28.5% for 2008 and 26.6% for 2007,
respectively. The effective tax rate computations exclude net
income attributable to noncontrolling interests as it relates to
consolidated partnerships. Primarily as a result of reaching a
settlement with the IRS Appeals Division and the revision of the
amount of a proposed IRS adjustment related to prior taxable
periods, we reduced our provision for income taxes by
$69 million in 2008. Our 2007 provision for income taxes
was reduced by $85 million, principally based on receiving
new information related to tax positions taken in a prior
taxable year, and by an additional $39 million to adjust
2006 state tax accruals to the amounts reported on
completed tax returns and based upon an analysis of the
Recapitalization costs. Excluding the effect of these
adjustments, the effective tax rates for 2008 and 2007 would
have been 35.8% and 37.0%, respectively.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests increased
from $208 million for 2007 to $229 million for 2008.
The increase relates primarily to our Austin, Texas market
partnership and our group purchasing organization.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our primary cash requirements are paying our operating expenses,
servicing our debt, capital expenditures on our existing
properties, acquisitions of hospitals and other health care
entities and distributions to noncontrolling interests. Our
primary cash sources are cash flow from operating activities,
issuances of debt and equity securities and dispositions of
hospitals and other health care entities.
Cash provided by operating activities totaled
$2.747 billion in 2009 compared to $1.990 billion in
2008 and $1.564 billion in 2007. Working capital totaled
$2.264 billion at December 31, 2009 and
$2.391 billion at
62
December 31, 2008. The $757 million increase in cash
provided by operating activities for 2009, compared to 2008,
related primarily to the $473 million increase in net
income and $143 million improvement from changes in
operating assets and liabilities and the provision for doubtful
accounts. The $426 million increase in cash provided by
operating activities for 2008, compared to 2007, relates
primarily to changes in working capital items. The changes in
accounts receivable (net of the provision for doubtful
accounts), inventories and other assets, and accounts payable
and accrued expenses contributed $42 million to cash
provided by operating activities for 2008 while changes in these
items decreased cash provided by operating activities by
$485 million for 2007. The net impact of the cash payments
for interest and income taxes was an increase in cash payments
of $203 million for 2009 compared to 2008 and an increase
of $111 million for 2008 compared to 2007.
Cash used in investing activities was $1.035 billion,
$1.467 billion and $479 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively. Excluding acquisitions, capital expenditures
were $1.317 billion in 2009, $1.600 billion in 2008
and $1.444 billion in 2007. We expended $61 million,
$85 million and $32 million for acquisitions of
hospitals and health care entities during 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Expenditures for acquisitions in all three years
were generally comprised of outpatient and ancillary services
entities and were funded by a combination of cash flows from
operations and the issuance or incurrence of debt. Planned
capital expenditures are expected to approximate
$1.5 billion in 2010. At December 31, 2009, there were
projects under construction which had an estimated additional
cost to complete and equip over the next five years of
$1.2 billion. We expect to finance capital expenditures
with internally generated and borrowed funds.
During 2009, we received cash proceeds of $41 million from
dispositions of three hospitals and sales of other health care
entities and real estate investments. We also received net cash
proceeds of $303 million related to net changes in our
investments. During 2008, we received cash proceeds of
$143 million from dispositions of two hospitals and
$50 million from sales of other health care entities and
real estate investments. During 2007, we sold three hospitals
for cash proceeds of $661 million, and we also received
cash proceeds of $106 million related primarily to the
sales of real estate investments and $207 million related
to net changes in our investments.
Cash used in financing activities totaled $1.865 billion in
2009, $451 million in 2008 and $1.326 billion in 2007.
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, we used cash proceeds from sales of
facilities and available cash provided by operations to make net
debt repayments of $1.459 billion, $260 million and
$1.270 billion, respectively. During 2009, 2008 and 2007,
we made distributions to noncontrolling interests of
$330 million, $178 million and $152 million,
respectively. We also paid debt issuance costs of
$70 million for 2009. We or our affiliates, including
affiliates of the Sponsors, may in the future repurchase
portions of our debt securities, subject to certain limitations,
from time to time in either the open market or through privately
negotiated transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and
other legal requirements. The timing, prices, and sizes of
purchases depend upon prevailing trading prices, general
economic and market conditions, and other factors, including
applicable securities laws. Funds for the repurchase of debt
securities have, and are expected to, come primarily from cash
generated from operations and borrowed funds.
In addition to cash flows from operations, available sources of
capital include amounts available under our senior secured
credit facilities ($3.181 billion as of December 31,
2009 and $3.142 billion as of January 31,
2010) and anticipated access to public and private debt
markets.
On January 27, 2010, our Board of Directors declared a
distribution to the Companys stockholders and holders of
vested stock options. The distribution was $17.50 per share and
vested stock option, or approximately $1.750 billion in the
aggregate. The distribution was paid on February 5, 2010 to
holders of record on February 1, 2010. The distribution was
funded using funds available under our existing senior secured
credit facilities and approximately $100 million of cash on
hand.
Investments of our professional liability insurance subsidiary,
to maintain statutory equity and pay claims, totaled
$1.316 billion and $1.622 billion at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. The insurance subsidiary maintained
net reserves for professional liability risks of
$590 million and $782 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Our facilities are insured by our
wholly- owned insurance subsidiary for losses up to
$50 million per occurrence; however, since January 2007,
this coverage is subject to a $5 million per occurrence
self-insured retention. Net reserves for the self-insured
professional liability
63
risks retained were $679 million and $548 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Claims payments,
net of reinsurance recoveries, during the next 12 months
are expected to approximate $240 million. We estimate that
approximately $90 million of the expected net claim
payments during the next 12 months will relate to claims
subject to the self-insured retention.
Financing
Activities
Due to the Recapitalization, we are a highly leveraged company
with significant debt service requirements. Our debt totaled
$25.670 billion and $26.989 billion at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our interest
expense was $1.987 billion for 2009 and $2.021 billion
for 2008.
During February 2009, we issued $310 million aggregate
principal amount of
97/8% senior
secured second lien notes due 2017 at a price of 96.673% of
their face value, resulting in $300 million of gross
proceeds. During April 2009, we issued $1.500 billion
aggregate principal amount of
81/2% senior
secured first lien notes due 2019 at a price of 96.755% of their
face value, resulting in $1.451 billion of gross proceeds.
During August 2009, we issued $1.250 billion aggregate
principal amount of
77/8% senior
secured first lien notes due 2020 at a price of 98.254% of their
face value, resulting in $1.228 billion of gross proceeds.
After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the
proceeds from these debt offerings to repay outstanding
indebtedness under our senior secured term loan facilities.
Management believes that cash flows from operations, amounts
available under our senior secured credit facilities and our
anticipated access to public and private debt markets will be
sufficient to meet expected liquidity needs during the next
twelve months.
Contractual
Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2009, maturities of contractual
obligations and other commercial commitments are presented in
the table below (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
Contractual Obligations(a)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
2-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
After 5 Years
|
|
|
Long-term debt including interest, excluding the senior secured
credit facilities(b)
|
|
$
|
26,739
|
|
|
$
|
2,175
|
|
|
$
|
3,780
|
|
|
$
|
4,915
|
|
|
$
|
15,869
|
|
Loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities,
including interest(b)
|
|
|
11,786
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
3,565
|
|
|
|
7,410
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Operating leases(c)
|
|
|
1,190
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
Purchase and other obligations(c)
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
39,911
|
|
|
$
|
3,093
|
|
|
$
|
7,733
|
|
|
$
|
12,578
|
|
|
$
|
16,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments Not Recorded on the
|
|
Commitment Expiration by Period
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
2-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
After 5 Years
|
|
|
Surety bonds(d)
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Letters of credit(e)
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
Physician commitments(f)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees(g)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commercial commitments
|
|
$
|
248
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
We have not included obligations to pay estimated professional
liability claims ($1.322 billion at December 31,
2009) in this table. The estimated professional liability
claims, which occurred prior to 2007, are expected to be funded
by the designated investment securities that are restricted for
this purpose ($1.316 billion at December 31, 2009). We
also have not included obligations related to unrecognized tax |
64
|
|
|
|
|
benefits of $628 million at December 31, 2009, as we
cannot reasonably estimate the timing or amounts of additional
cash payments, if any, at this time. |
|
(b) |
|
Estimates of interest payments assumes that interest rates,
borrowing spreads and foreign currency exchange rates at
December 31, 2009, remain constant during the period
presented. |
|
(c) |
|
Amounts relate to future operating lease obligations, purchase
obligations and other obligations and are not recorded in our
consolidated balance sheet. Amounts also include physician
commitments that are recorded in our consolidated balance sheet. |
|
(d) |
|
Amounts relate primarily to instances in which we have agreed to
indemnify various commercial insurers who have provided surety
bonds to cover damages for malpractice cases which were awarded
to plaintiffs by the courts. These cases are currently under
appeal and the bonds will not be released by the courts until
the cases are closed. |
|
(e) |
|
Amounts relate primarily to various employee benefit plan
obligations in which we have letters of credit outstanding. |
|
(f) |
|
In consideration for physicians relocating to the communities in
which our hospitals are located and agreeing to engage in
private practice for the benefit of the respective communities,
we make advances to physicians, normally over a period of one
year, to assist in establishing the physicians practices.
The actual amount of these commitments to be advanced often
depends upon the financial results of the physicians
private practices during the recruitment agreement payment
period. The physician commitments reflected were based on our
maximum exposure on effective agreements at December 31,
2009. |
|
(g) |
|
We have entered into guarantee agreements related to certain
leases. |
Market
Risk
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in market
values of securities. The investments in debt and equity
securities of our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary were
$1.309 billion and $7 million, respectively, at
December 31, 2009. These investments are carried at fair
value, with changes in unrealized gains and losses being
recorded as adjustments to other comprehensive income. At
December 31, 2009, we had a net unrealized gain of
$20 million on the insurance subsidiarys investment
securities.
We are exposed to market risk related to market illiquidity.
Liquidity of the investments in debt and equity securities of
our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary could be impaired by the
inability to access the capital markets. Should the wholly-owned
insurance subsidiary require significant amounts of cash in
excess of normal cash requirements to pay claims and other
expenses on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these
investments in a timely manner or be forced to sell them at a
price less than what we might otherwise have been able to in a
normal market environment. At December 31, 2009, our
wholly-owned insurance subsidiary had invested $396 million
($401 million par value) in municipal, tax-exempt student
loan auction rate securities (ARS) that continue to
experience market illiquidity since February 2008 when multiple
failed auctions occurred due to a severe credit and liquidity
crisis in the capital markets. It is uncertain if
auction-related market liquidity will resume for these
securities. We may be required to recognize
other-than-temporary
impairments on these investments in future periods should
issuers default on interest payments or should the fair market
valuations of the securities deteriorate due to ratings
downgrades or other issue specific factors.
We are also exposed to market risk related to changes in
interest rates, and we periodically enter into interest rate
swap agreements to manage our exposure to these fluctuations.
Our interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed
and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based
on common notional principal amounts and maturity dates. The
notional amounts of the swap agreements represent balances used
to calculate the exchange of cash flows and are not our assets
or liabilities. Our credit risk related to these agreements is
considered low because the swap agreements are with creditworthy
financial institutions. The interest payments under these
agreements are settled on a net basis. These derivatives have
been recognized in the financial statements at their respective
fair values. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are
included in other comprehensive income.
65
With respect to our interest-bearing liabilities, approximately
$1.205 billion of long-term debt at December 31, 2009
is subject to variable rates of interest, while the remaining
balance in long-term debt of $24.465 billion at
December 31, 2009 is subject to fixed rates of interest.
Both the general level of interest rates and, for the senior
secured credit facilities, our leverage affect our variable
interest rates. Our variable rate debt is comprised primarily of
amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities.
Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear
interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our
option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to
the higher of (1) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and
(2) the prime rate of Bank of America or (b) a LIBOR
rate for the currency of such borrowing for the relevant
interest period. The applicable margin for borrowings under the
senior secured credit facilities, with the exception of term
loan B where the margin is static, may be reduced subject to
attaining certain leverage ratios. The average rate for our
long-term debt increased from 6.9% at December 31, 2008 to
7.6% at December 31, 2009.
On March 2, 2009, we amended our $13.550 billion and
1.000 billion senior secured cash flow credit
facility, dated as of November 17, 2006, as amended
February 16, 2007 (the cash flow credit
facility), to allow for one or more future issuances of
additional secured notes, which may include notes that are
secured on a pari passu basis or on a junior basis with
the obligations under the cash flow credit facility, so long as
(1) such notes do not require any scheduled payment or
redemption prior to the scheduled term loan B final maturity
date as currently in effect and (2) the proceeds from any
such issuance are used within three business days of receipt to
prepay term loans under the cash flow credit facility in
accordance with the terms of the cash flow credit facility. The
U.S. security documents related to the cash flow credit
facility were also amended and restated in connection with the
amendment in order to give effect to the security interests
granted to holders of such additional secured notes.
On March 2, 2009, we amended our $2.000 billion senior
secured asset-based revolving credit facility, dated as of
November 17, 2006, as amended and restated as of
June 20, 2007 (the ABL credit facility), to
allow for one or more future issuances of additional secured
notes or loans, which may include notes or loans that are
secured on a pari passu basis or on a junior basis with
the obligations under the cash flow credit facility, so long as
the proceeds from any such issuance are used to prepay term
loans under the cash flow credit facility within three business
days of the receipt thereof. The amendment to the ABL credit
facility also altered the excess facility availability
requirement to include a separate minimum facility availability
requirement applicable to the ABL credit facility, and increased
the applicable LIBOR and ABR margins for all borrowings under
the ABL credit facility by 0.25% each.
The estimated fair value of our total long-term debt was
$25.659 billion at December 31, 2009. The estimates of
fair value are based upon the quoted market prices for the same
or similar issues of long-term debt with the same maturities.
Based on a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates, the
potential annualized reduction to future pretax earnings would
be approximately $12 million. To mitigate the impact of
fluctuations in interest rates, we generally target a portion of
our debt portfolio to be maintained at fixed rates.
Our international operations and the European term loan expose
us to market risks associated with foreign currencies. In order
to mitigate the currency exposure related to debt service
obligations through December 31, 2011 under the European
term loan, we have entered into cross currency swap agreements.
A cross currency swap is an agreement between two parties to
exchange a stream of principal and interest payments in one
currency for a stream of principal and interest payments in
another currency over a specified period.
Financial
Instruments
Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks,
including foreign currency and interest rate exposures, and are
not used for trading or speculative purposes. We recognize
derivative instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements
and foreign exchange contracts, in the consolidated balance
sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives
are recognized periodically either in earnings or in
stockholders equity, as a component of other comprehensive
income, depending on whether the derivative financial instrument
qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies
as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Gains and losses on
derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, to the extent they
are effective, are
66
recorded in other comprehensive income, and subsequently
reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the hedged
items when they occur. Changes in the fair value of derivatives
not qualifying as hedges, and for any portion of a hedge that is
ineffective, are reported in earnings.
The net interest paid or received on interest rate swaps is
recognized as interest expense. Gains and losses resulting from
the early termination of interest rate swap agreements are
deferred and amortized as adjustments to expense over the
remaining period of the debt originally covered by the
terminated swap.
Effects
of Inflation and Changing Prices
Various federal, state and local laws have been enacted that, in
certain cases, limit our ability to increase prices. Revenues
for general, acute care hospital services rendered to Medicare
patients are established under the federal governments
prospective payment system. Total
fee-for-service
Medicare revenues approximated 23% in 2009, 23% in 2008 and 24%
in 2007 of our total patient revenues.
Management believes hospital industry operating margins have
been, and may continue to be, under significant pressure because
of changes in payer mix and growth in operating expenses in
excess of the increase in prospective payments under the
Medicare program. In addition, as a result of increasing
regulatory and competitive pressures, our ability to maintain
operating margins through price increases to non-Medicare
patients is limited.
IRS
Disputes
At December 31, 2009, we were contesting before the Appeals
Division of the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS)
certain claimed deficiencies and adjustments proposed by the IRS
in connection with its examinations of the 2003 and 2004 federal
income returns for HCA and eight affiliates that are treated as
partnerships for federal income tax purposes (affiliated
partnerships). The disputed items include the timing of
recognition of certain patient service revenues and our method
for calculating the tax allowance for doubtful accounts.
Six taxable periods of HCA and its predecessors ended in 1997
through 2002 and the 2002 taxable year of four affiliated
partnerships, for which the primary remaining issue is the
computation of the tax allowance for doubtful accounts, are
pending before the IRS Examination Division as of
December 31, 2009. The IRS began an audit of the 2005 and
2006 federal income tax returns for HCA and seven affiliated
partnerships during 2008. We anticipate the IRS Examination
Division will conclude its audit in 2010. During 2009, the seven
affiliated partnership audits were resolved with no material
impact on our operations or financial position. We anticipate
the IRS will begin an audit of the 2007 and 2008 federal income
tax returns for HCA during 2010.
Management believes HCA, its predecessors and affiliates
properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance
with applicable laws and agreements established with the IRS and
final resolution of these disputes will not have a material,
adverse effect on our results of operations or financial
position. However, if payments due upon final resolution of
these issues exceed our recorded estimates, such resolutions
could have a material, adverse effect on our results of
operations or financial position.
67
BUSINESS
Our
Company
We are one of the leading health care services companies in the
United States. At December 31, 2009, we operated 163
hospitals, comprised of 157 general, acute care hospitals; five
psychiatric hospitals; and one rehabilitation hospital. The 163
hospital total includes eight hospitals (seven general, acute
care hospitals and one rehabilitation hospital) owned by joint
ventures in which an affiliate of HCA is a partner, and these
joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. In
addition, we operated 105 freestanding surgery centers, eight of
which are owned by joint ventures in which an affiliate of HCA
is a partner, and these joint ventures are accounted for using
the equity method. Our facilities are located in 20 states
and England. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we
generated revenues of $30.052 billion and net income
attributable to HCA Inc. of $1.054 billion.
Our primary objective is to provide a comprehensive array of
quality health care services in the most cost-effective manner
possible. Our general, acute care hospitals typically provide a
full range of services to accommodate such medical specialties
as internal medicine, general surgery, cardiology, oncology,
neurosurgery, orthopedics and obstetrics, as well as diagnostic
and emergency services. Outpatient and ancillary health care
services are provided by our general, acute care hospitals,
freestanding surgery centers, diagnostic centers and
rehabilitation facilities. Our psychiatric hospitals provide a
full range of mental health care services through inpatient,
partial hospitalization and outpatient settings.
Certain of our affiliates provide a variety of management
services to our health care facilities, including patient safety
programs; ethics and compliance programs; national supply
contracts; equipment purchasing and leasing contracts;
accounting, financial and clinical systems; governmental
reimbursement assistance; construction planning and
coordination; information technology systems and solutions;
legal counsel; human resources services; and internal audit
services.
Our
Strengths
Largest Provider with a Diversified Revenue
Base. We are the largest investor-owned health
care services provider in the United States. We maintain a
diverse portfolio of assets with no single facility contributing
more than 2.4% of revenues and no single metropolitan
statistical area contributing more than 7.8% of revenues for the
year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, we maintain a
diversified payer base, including approximately 3,000 managed
care contracts, with no one commercial payer representing more
than approximately 8% of revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2009. We believe our broad geographic
footprint and diverse revenue base limit exposure to any single
local market. We also provide a diverse array of medical and
surgical services across different settings ranging from large
hospitals to ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs),
which, we believe, limits our exposure to changes in
reimbursement policies targeting specific services or care
settings.
Leading Market Positions. We maintain the
number one or two inpatient position in nearly all of our
markets, with our share of local inpatient admissions typically
ranging from 20% to 40%. Additionally, we believe we have the
leading position in one or more clinical areas, such as
cardiology or orthopedics, in many of our markets. As a result,
our hospitals are in demand by patients and large employers,
which enables us to negotiate for favorable rates and terms from
a wide range of commercial payers.
Strong Presence in Growth Markets. We have a
strong market presence in a number of the fastest growing
markets in the United States. We believe the majority of the
large markets in which we have a presence will experience more
rapid growth among the population aged 65 or older than the
national average, based on the most recently available census
data. We believe we will benefit from our presence in these key
markets due to an expected increase in hospital spending.
Well-Capitalized Portfolio of High-Quality
Assets. We have invested over $7.8 billion
in our facilities over the five-year period ended
December 31, 2009 to expand the range, and improve the
quality, of services provided at our facilities. As a result of
our disciplined and strategic deployment of capital, we believe
our
68
hospitals are competitive and will continue to attract
high-quality physicians, maximize cost efficiencies and address
the health care needs of our local communities.
Leading Provider of Outpatient Services. We
are one of the largest providers of outpatient services in the
United States, and these outpatient services accounted for
approximately 38% of our revenues in 2009. The scope of our
outpatient services reflects a recent trend toward the provision
of an increasing number of services on an outpatient basis. An
important component of our strategy is to achieve a fully
integrated delivery model through the development of
market-leading outpatient services, both to address outpatient
migration and to provide higher growth, higher margin services.
Reputation for Quality. Since our founding, we
have maintained an unwavering focus on patients and clinical
outcomes. We have invested extensively in quality over the past
10 years, with an emphasis on implementing information
technology and adopting industry-wide best practices and
clinical protocols. As a result of these efforts, settled
professional liability claims, based on actuarial projections
per 1,000 beds, have dropped from 18.3 in 1999 to 12.6 in 2008.
We also previously participated in the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
National Voluntary Hospital Reporting Initiative and now
participate in its successor, the Reporting Hospital Quality
Data for Annual Payment Update program, which currently requires
hospitals to report on their compliance with 46 quality measures
in order to receive a full Medicare market basket payment
increase. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act as
amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010 (Health Reform Legislation) further ties
payment to quality measures by establishing a value based
purchasing system and adjusting hospital payment rates based on
hospital-acquired conditions (HACs) and hospital
readmissions. We believe quality of care increasingly will
influence physician and patient choices about health care
delivery and impact our reimbursement as payers put more
emphasis on performance. Our reputation and focus on providing
high-quality patient care continue to make us the provider of
choice for thousands of individual health care consumers,
physicians and payers.
Proven Ability to Innovate. We strive to be at
the forefront of industry best practices and expect to continue
to increase our operational efficiency through a variety of
strategic initiatives. Our previous operating improvement
initiatives include:
|
|
|
|
|
Leveraging Our Purchasing Power. We have
established a captive group purchasing organization
(GPO) to partner with other health care services
providers to take advantage of our combined purchasing power.
Our GPO generated $107 million, $93 million and
$89 million of administrative fees from suppliers in 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively, for performing GPO services and
significantly lowered our supply costs. Because of our scale,
our GPO has a
per-unit
cost advantage over competitors that we believe ranges from 5%
to 21%.
|
|
|
|
Centralizing Our Billing and Accounts Receivable Collection
Efforts. We have built regional service centers
to create efficiencies in billing and collection processes,
particularly with respect to payment disputes with managed care
companies. This effort has resulted in increased, incremental
cash collections.
|
Demonstrated Strong Cash Flows. Our leading
market positions, diversified revenues, focus on operational
efficiency and high-quality portfolio of assets have enabled us
to generate strong operating cash flows over the past several
years. We generated cash flows from operating activities of
$2.747 billion in 2009, $1.990 billion in 2008 and
$1.564 billion in 2007. We believe expected demand for
hospital and outpatient services, together with our diversified
payer base, geographic locations and service offerings, will
allow us to continue to generate strong cash flows.
Experienced Management Team. Members of our
management team are widely considered leaders in the hospital
industry and have made significant equity investments in our
company. Richard M. Bracken was appointed our CEO and President,
effective January 1, 2009, and Chairman of the Board of
Directors, effective December 15, 2009. Mr. Bracken
began his career with us approximately 30 years ago and has
held various executive positions with the Company, including,
most recently, as our President and Chief Operating Officer
since January 2002. Our Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, R. Milton Johnson, joined us over
27 years ago, has held various positions in financial
operations at the Company and has served as a
69
director since December 15, 2009. In addition, we benefit
from our team of world-class operators who have the experience
and talent necessary to run a complex health care business.
Our
Strategy
We are committed to providing the communities we serve high
quality, cost-effective health care while complying fully with
our ethics policy, governmental regulations and guidelines and
industry standards. As a part of this strategy, management
focuses on the following principal elements:
Maintain Our Dedication to the Care and Improvement of Human
Life. Our business is built on putting patients
first and providing high quality health care services in the
communities we serve. Our dedicated professionals oversee our
Quality Review System, which measures clinical outcomes,
satisfaction and regulatory compliance to improve hospital
quality and performance. We are implementing hospitalist
programs in some facilities, evidence-based medicine programs
and infection reduction initiatives. In addition, we continue to
implement health information technology to improve the quality
and convenience of services to our communities. We are using our
electronic medication administration record, which uses bar
coding technology to ensure that each patient receives the right
medication, to build toward a fully electronic health record
that will provide convenient access, electronic order entry and
decision support for physicians. These technologies improve
patient safety, quality and efficiency.
Maintain Our Commitment to Ethics and
Compliance. We are committed to a corporate
culture highlighted by the following values
compassion, honesty, integrity, fairness, loyalty, respect and
kindness. Our comprehensive ethics and compliance program
reinforces our dedication to these values.
Leverage Our Leading Local Market
Positions. We strive to maintain and enhance the
leading positions we enjoy in the majority of our markets. We
believe the broad geographic presence of our facilities across a
range of markets, in combination with the breadth and quality of
services provided by our facilities, increases our
attractiveness to patients and large employers and positions us
to negotiate more favorable terms from commercial payers and
increase the number of payers with whom we contract. We also
intend to strategically enhance our outpatient presence in our
communities to attract more patients to our facilities.
Expand Our Presence in Key Markets. We seek to
grow our business in key markets, focusing on large, high growth
urban and suburban communities, primarily in the southern and
western regions of the United States. We seek to strategically
invest in new and expanded services at our existing hospitals
and surgery centers to increase our revenues at those facilities
and provide the benefits of medical technology advances to our
communities. We intend to continue to expand high volume and
high margin specialty services, such as cardiology and
orthopedic services, and increase the capacity, scope and
convenience of our outpatient facilities. To complement this
intrinsic growth, we intend to continue to opportunistically
develop and acquire new hospitals and outpatient facilities.
Continue to Leverage Our Scale. We will
continue to obtain price efficiencies through our group
purchasing organization and build on the cost savings and
efficiencies in billing, collection and other processes we have
achieved through our regional service centers. We are
increasingly taking advantage of our national scale by
contracting for services on a multistate basis. We are expanding
our successful shared services model for additional clinical and
support functions, such as physician credentialing, medical
transcription, electronic medical recordkeeping and health
information management, across multiple markets.
Continue to Develop Physician
Relationships. We depend on the quality and
dedication of the physicians who practice at our facilities, and
we encourage, consistent with applicable laws, both primary care
physicians and specialists to join our medical staffs. We
sometimes assist physicians who are recruited under applicable
regulatory provisions with establishing and building a practice
or joining an
70
existing practice. As part of our comprehensive approach to
physician integration in our markets, we will continue to:
|
|
|
|
|
expand the number of high quality specialty services, such as
cardiology, orthopedics, oncology and neonatology;
|
|
|
|
use joint ventures with physicians to further develop our
outpatient business, particularly through ASCs;
|
|
|
|
develop medical office buildings to provide convenient
facilities for physicians to locate their practices and serve
their patients;
|
|
|
|
focus on improving the quality, advanced technology,
infrastructure and performance of our facilities; and
|
|
|
|
employ physicians as appropriate.
|
Become the Health Care Employer of Choice. We
will continue to use a number of industry-leading practices to
help ensure our hospitals are a health care employer of choice
in their respective communities. Our staffing initiatives for
both care providers and hospital management provide strategies
for recruitment, compensation and productivity to increase
employee retention and operating efficiency at our hospitals.
For example, we maintain an internal contract nursing agency to
supply our hospitals with high quality staffing at a lower cost
than external agencies. In addition, we have developed several
proprietary training and career development programs for our
physicians and hospital administrators, including an executive
development program designed to train the next generation of
hospital leadership. We believe our continued investment in the
training and retention of employees improves the quality of
care, enhances operational efficiency and fosters our reputation
as an employer of choice.
Business
Drivers and Measures
Our
Financial Policies and Objectives
We seek to optimize our financial and operating performance by
implementing the business strategy set forth under
Our Strategy. Our success in
implementing this strategy depends, in turn, on our ability to
fulfill our financial policies and objectives, which include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Operations: We plan to focus on our core
operations the provision of high quality,
cost-effective health care in large, high growth urban and
suburban communities, primarily in the southern and western
regions of the United States. Our specific policies designed to
maintain this focus include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
use investments in new and expanded services to drive use of our
facilities;
|
|
|
|
seek rate increases from managed care payers commensurate with
increases in our underlying costs to provide high quality
services;
|
|
|
|
manage operating expenses by, among other methods, leveraging
our scale;
|
|
|
|
seek cost savings by reducing variations in our patient care and
support processes and reducing our discretionary operating
expenses; and
|
|
|
|
consider divesting non-core assets, where appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage: We expect to have significant
indebtedness for the foreseeable future. However, we expect to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
manage our floating interest rate exposure through our
$8.5 billion aggregate notional amount of pay-fixed rate
swap agreements related to our senior secured credit facilities
debt at December 31, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
endeavor to improve our credit quality over time.
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures: We plan to maintain a
disciplined capital expenditure approach by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
targeting new investments with potentially high returns;
|
|
|
|
deploying capital strategically to improve our competitive
position and market share and to enhance our operations; and
|
|
|
|
manage discretionary capital expenditures based on the strength
of our cash flows.
|
Operational
Factors
In pursuing our business and our financial policies and
objectives, we pay close attention to a number of performance
measures and operational factors.
Our revenues depend upon inpatient occupancy levels, the
ancillary services and therapy programs ordered by physicians
and provided to patients, the volume of outpatient procedures
and the charges and negotiated payment rates for such services.
Our expenses depend upon the levels of salaries and benefits
paid to our employees, the cost of supplies and the costs of
other operating expenses. To monitor these variables, we use a
variety of metrics, including those described below.
|
|
|
|
|
admissions, which is the total number of patients admitted to
our hospitals and which we use as a measure of inpatient volume;
|
|
|
|
equivalent admissions, which is a measure of patient volume that
takes into account both inpatient and outpatient volume;
|
|
|
|
the payer mix of our admissions, i.e., the percentage of our
admissions related to Medicare, Medicaid, managed Medicare,
managed Medicaid, managed care and other insurers, and uninsured
patients;
|
|
|
|
emergency room visits;
|
|
|
|
inpatient and outpatient surgeries; and
|
|
|
|
the average daily census of patients in our hospital beds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
revenue per equivalent admission; and
|
|
|
|
revenue, minus our provision for doubtful accounts, per
equivalent admission.
|
|
|
|
|
|
salaries and benefits per equivalent admission;
|
|
|
|
supply costs per equivalent admission;
|
|
|
|
other operating expenses (including contract services,
professional fees, repairs and maintenance, rents and leases,
utilities, insurance and nonincome taxes) per equivalent
admission; and
|
|
|
|
operating expenses, minus our provision for doubtful accounts,
per equivalent admission.
|
We set forth the volume measures described above, except for
payer mix, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008,
2007, 2006 and 2005 under the heading Operating Data
in Selected Financial Data. We give details about
the payer mix for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007 in Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations Results of
Operations Revenue/Volume Trends.
The pricing and expense measures described above can be derived
by dividing (1) the amounts from the applicable line items
in our income statement (minus our provision for doubtful
accounts, where indicated) by
72
(2) equivalent admissions, which are set forth under the
heading Operating Data in Selected Financial
Data.
Business
Segments
Our company operations are structured in three geographically
organized groups:
|
|
|
|
|
Western Group. The Western Group is comprised
of the markets in Alaska, California, Colorado, Idaho, Kansas,
Nevada, Oklahoma, Texas and Utah. Samuel Hazen, who has held
various positions with HCA for 24 years, is the Western
Groups President. As of December 31, 2009, there were
55 consolidating hospitals within the Western Group. The Western
Group includes seven of our non-consolidated hospitals, with
respect to which major strategic and operating decisions are
shared equally with non-HCA partners. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, the Western Group generated revenues of
$13.140 billion.
|
|
|
|
Central Group. The Central Group is comprised
of the markets in Indiana, Georgia (northern portion), Kansas,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire,
Tennessee and Virginia. Paul Rutledge, who has held various
positions with HCA for 20 years, is the Central
Groups President. As of December 31, 2009, there were
46 consolidating hospitals within the Central Group. The Central
Group includes one of our non-consolidating hospitals, with
respect to which major strategic and operating decisions are
shared equally with non-HCA partners. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, the Central Group generated revenues of
$7.225 billion.
|
|
|
|
Eastern Group. The Eastern Group is comprised
of the markets in Florida, Georgia (southern portion) and South
Carolina. Charles Hall, who has held various positions with HCA
for 20 years, is the Eastern Groups President. As of
December 31, 2009, there were 48 consolidating hospitals
within the Eastern Group. For the year ended December 31,
2009, the Eastern Group generated revenues of
$8.807 billion.
|
We also owned and operated six hospitals in England as of
December 31, 2009, which are included in our Corporate and
Other Segment. These international facilities generated revenues
of $709 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Our divisions and market structures are designed to augment our
market-based strategy to provide integrated services to their
respective community. This structure allows our management to
focus on manageable groupings of hospitals and provide them with
direct support.
Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements
contains information by segment on our revenues, equity in
earnings of affiliates, adjusted segment EBITDA and depreciation
and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007.
Health
Care Facilities
We currently own, manage or operate hospitals; freestanding
surgery centers; diagnostic and imaging centers; radiation and
oncology therapy centers; comprehensive rehabilitation and
physical therapy centers; and various other facilities.
At December 31, 2009, we owned and operated 150 general,
acute care hospitals with 38,349 licensed beds, and an
additional seven general, acute care hospitals with 2,269
licensed beds, which are operated through joint ventures, which
are accounted for using the equity method. Most of our general,
acute care hospitals provide medical and surgical services,
including inpatient care, intensive care, cardiac care,
diagnostic services and emergency services. The general, acute
care hospitals also provide outpatient services such as
outpatient surgery, laboratory, radiology, respiratory therapy,
cardiology and physical therapy. Each hospital has an organized
medical staff and a local board of trustees or governing board,
made up of members of the local community.
Our hospitals do not typically engage in extensive medical
research and education programs. However, some of our hospitals
are affiliated with medical schools and may participate in the
clinical rotation of medical interns and residents and other
education programs.
73
At December 31, 2009, we operated five psychiatric
hospitals with 490 licensed beds. Our psychiatric hospitals
provide therapeutic programs including child, adolescent and
adult psychiatric care, adult and adolescent alcohol and drug
abuse treatment and counseling.
We also operate outpatient health care facilities which include
freestanding ASCs, diagnostic and imaging centers, comprehensive
outpatient rehabilitation and physical therapy centers,
outpatient radiation and oncology therapy centers and various
other facilities. These outpatient services are an integral
component of our strategy to develop comprehensive health care
networks in select communities. A majority of our ASCs are
operated through partnerships or limited liability companies,
with majority ownership of each partnership or limited liability
company typically held by a general partner or subsidiary that
is an affiliate of HCA.
Certain of our affiliates provide a variety of management
services to our health care facilities, including patient safety
programs; ethics and compliance programs; national supply
contracts; equipment purchasing and leasing contracts;
accounting, financial and clinical systems; governmental
reimbursement assistance; construction planning and
coordination; information technology systems and solutions;
legal counsel; human resources services; and internal audit
services.
Sources
of Revenue
Hospital revenues depend upon inpatient occupancy levels, the
medical and ancillary services ordered by physicians and
provided to patients, the volume of outpatient procedures and
the charges or payment rates for such services. Charges and
reimbursement rates for inpatient services vary significantly
depending on the type of payer, the type of service (e.g.,
medical/surgical, intensive care or psychiatric) and the
geographic location of the hospital. Inpatient occupancy levels
fluctuate for various reasons, many of which are beyond our
control.
We receive payment for patient services from the federal
government under the Medicare program, state governments under
their respective Medicaid or similar programs, managed care
plans, private insurers and directly from patients. The
approximate percentages of our revenues from such sources were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Medicare
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
Managed Medicare
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Medicaid
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Managed Medicaid
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Managed care and other insurers
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Uninsured
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medicare is a federal program that provides certain hospital and
medical insurance benefits to persons age 65 and over, some
disabled persons, persons with end-stage renal disease and
persons with Lou Gehrigs Disease. Medicaid is a
federal-state program, administered by the states, which
provides hospital and medical benefits to qualifying individuals
who are unable to afford health care. All of our general, acute
care hospitals located in the United States are certified as
health care services providers for persons covered under
Medicare and Medicaid programs. Amounts received under Medicare
and Medicaid programs are generally significantly less than
established hospital gross charges for the services provided.
Our hospitals generally offer discounts from established charges
to certain group purchasers of health care services, including
private insurance companies, employers, HMOs, PPOs and other
managed care plans. These discount programs generally limit our
ability to increase revenues in response to increasing costs.
See Business Competition. Patients are
generally not responsible for the total difference between
established hospital gross charges and amounts reimbursed for
such services under Medicare, Medicaid, HMOs or PPOs and other
managed care plans, but are responsible to the extent of any
exclusions, deductibles or coinsurance
74
features of their coverage. The amount of such exclusions,
deductibles and coinsurance continues to increase. Collection of
amounts due from individuals is typically more difficult than
from governmental or third-party payers. We provide discounts to
uninsured patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity
care under our charity care policy. These discounts are similar
to those provided to many local managed care plans. In
implementing the discount policy, we attempt to qualify
uninsured patients for Medicaid, other federal or state
assistance or charity care under our charity care policy. If an
uninsured patient does not qualify for these programs, the
uninsured discount is applied.
Medicare
Inpatient
Acute Care
Under the Medicare program, we receive reimbursement under a
prospective payment system (PPS) for general, acute
care hospital inpatient services. Under the hospital inpatient
PPS, fixed payment amounts per inpatient discharge are
established based on the patients assigned Medicare
severity diagnosis-related group (MS-DRG). The
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
(CMS) recently completed a two-year transition to
full implementation of MS-DRGs to replace the previously used
Medicare diagnosis related groups in an effort to better
recognize severity of illness in Medicare payment rates. MS-DRGs
classify treatments for illnesses according to the estimated
intensity of hospital resources necessary to furnish care for
each principal diagnosis. MS-DRG weights represent the average
resources for a given MS-DRG relative to the average resources
for all MS-DRGs. MS-DRG payments are adjusted for area wage
differentials. Hospitals, other than those defined as
new, receive PPS reimbursement for inpatient capital
costs based on MS-DRG weights multiplied by a geographically
adjusted federal rate. When the cost to treat certain patients
falls well outside the normal distribution, providers typically
receive additional outlier payments.
MS-DRG rates are updated and MS-DRG weights are recalibrated
using cost relative weights each federal fiscal year (which
begins October 1). The index used to update the MS-DRG rates
(the market basket) gives consideration to the
inflation experienced by hospitals and entities outside the
health care industry in purchasing goods and services. In
federal fiscal year 2009, the MS-DRG rate was increased by the
full market basket of 3.6%. For the federal fiscal year 2010,
CMS has set the MS-DRG rate increase at the full market basket
of 2.1%. However, the Health Reform Legislation includes a 0.25%
reduction to the market basket for 2010 for discharges occurring
on or after April 1, 2010. The Health Reform Legislation
also provides for the following reductions to the market basket
update for each of the following federal fiscal years: 0.25% in
2011, 0.1% in 2012 and 2013, 0.3% in 2014, 0.2% in 2015 and 2016
and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019. For federal fiscal year 2012
and each subsequent federal fiscal year, the Health Reform
Legislation provides for the annual market basket update to be
further reduced by a productivity adjustment tied to an
economy-wide productivity average as determined by the
Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). In
addition, the Health Reform Legislation mandates several pilot
programs intended to evaluate alternative payment methodologies,
including a national bundled payment program for inpatient
hospital services provided to treat eligible medical conditions
or episodes of care. A decrease in payments rates or an increase
in rates that is below the increase in our costs may adversely
affect the results of our operations.
In federal fiscal years 2008 and 2009, CMS reduced payments to
hospitals through a documentation and coding adjustment intended
to account for changes in payments under the MS-DRG system that
are not related to changes in patient case mix. In addition, CMS
has the authority to determine retrospectively whether the
documentation and coding adjustment levels for federal fiscal
years 2008 and 2009 were adequate to account for changes in
payments not related to changes in case mix. CMS has not imposed
an adjustment for federal fiscal year 2010, but has announced
its intent to impose reductions to payments in federal fiscal
years 2011 and 2012 because of what CMS has determined to be an
inadequate adjustment in federal fiscal year 2008. Such payment
adjustments may adversely affect the results of our operations.
It is not clear what impact, if any, the market basket
reductions required by the Health Reform Legislation will have
on CMSs proposal.
Further realignments in the MS-DRG system could also reduce the
payments we receive for certain specialties, including
cardiology and orthopedics. CMS has focused on payment levels
for such specialties in
75
recent years in part because of the proliferation of specialty
hospitals. Changes in the payments received for specialty
services could have an adverse effect on our results of
operations.
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization
Act of 2003 (MMA) provides for rate increases at the
full market basket if data for patient care quality indicators
are submitted to the Secretary of HHS. As required by the
Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA 2005), CMS has
expanded, through a series of rulemakings, the number of quality
measures that must be reported to receive a full market basket
update. CMS currently requires hospitals to report 46 quality
measures in order to qualify for the full market basket update
to the inpatient PPS in federal fiscal year 2011. Failure to
submit the required quality indicators will result in a two
percentage point reduction to the market basket update. All of
our hospitals paid under Medicare inpatient MS-DRG PPS are
participating in the quality initiative by submitting the
requested quality data. While we will endeavor to comply with
all data submission requirements as additional requirements
continue to be added, our submissions may not be deemed timely
or sufficient to entitle us to the full market basket adjustment
for all of our hospitals.
As part of CMSs goal of transforming Medicare from a
passive payer to an active purchaser of quality goods and
services, for discharges occurring after October 1, 2008,
Medicare no longer assigns an inpatient hospital discharge to a
higher paying MS-DRG if a selected HAC was not present on
admission. In this situation, the case is paid as though the
secondary diagnosis was not present. Currently, there are ten
categories of conditions on the list of HACs. In addition, CMS
has established three National Coverage Determinations
(NCDs) that prohibit Medicare reimbursement for
erroneous surgical procedures performed on an inpatient or
outpatient basis. The Health Reform Legislation provides for
reduced payments based on a hospitals HAC rates and
readmission rates and requires HAC rates and readmission rates
to be made public. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2015,
hospitals that fall into the top 25% of risk-adjusted HAC rates
for all hospitals in the previous year will receive a 1%
reduction in payment rates. For discharges occurring during a
fiscal year beginning on or after October 1, 2012,
hospitals with excessive readmissions for certain conditions
will receive reduced payments for all inpatient admissions.
Historically, the Medicare program has set aside 5.10% of
Medicare inpatient payments to pay for outlier cases. CMS
estimates that outlier payments accounted for 4.8% of total
operating DRG payments for federal fiscal year 2008. For federal
fiscal year 2009, CMS established an outlier threshold of
$20,045, and for federal fiscal year 2010, CMS has increased the
outlier threshold to $23,140. We do not anticipate the increase
to the outlier threshold for federal fiscal year 2010 will have
a material impact on our results of operations.
Outpatient
CMS reimburses hospital outpatient services (and certain
Medicare Part B services furnished to hospital inpatients
who have no Part A coverage) on a PPS basis. CMS continues
to use fee schedules to pay for physical, occupational and
speech therapies, durable medical equipment, clinical diagnostic
laboratory services and nonimplantable orthotics and
prosthetics, freestanding surgery centers services and services
provided by independent diagnostic testing facilities.
Hospital outpatient services paid under PPS are classified into
groups called ambulatory payment classifications
(APCs). Services for each APC are similar clinically
and in terms of the resources they require. A payment rate is
established for each APC. Depending on the services provided, a
hospital may be paid for more than one APC for a patient visit.
The APC payment rates were updated for calendar years 2008 and
2009 by market baskets of 3.30% and 3.60%, respectively. On
November 20, 2009, CMS published a final rule that updated
payment rates for calendar year 2010 by the full market basket
of 2.1%. However, the Health Reform Legislation includes a 0.25%
reduction to the market basket for 2010. The Health Reform
Legislation also provides for the following reductions to the
market basket update for each of the following calendar years:
0.25% in 2011, 0.1% in 2012 and 2013, 0.3% in 2014, 0.2% in 2015
and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019. For calendar year
2012 and each subsequent calendar year, the Health Reform
Legislation provides for an annual market basket update to be
further reduced by a productivity adjustment tied to an
economy-wide productivity average as determined by HHS. CMS
continues to require hospitals to submit quality data relating
to outpatient care to receive the full market basket increase
under the outpatient PPS in
76
calendar year 2010. CMS required hospitals to report data on
eleven quality measures in calendar year 2009 for the payment
determination in calendar year 2010 and will continue to require
hospitals to report the existing eleven quality measures in
calendar year 2010 for the 2011 payment determination. Hospitals
that fail to submit such data will receive the market basket
update minus two percentage points for the outpatient PPS.
Rehabilitation
CMS reimburses inpatient rehabilitation facilities
(IRFs) on a PPS basis. Under IRF PPS, patients are
classified into case mix groups based upon impairment, age,
comorbidities (additional diseases or disorders from which the
patient suffers) and functional capability. IRFs are paid a
predetermined amount per discharge that reflects the
patients case mix group and is adjusted for area wage
levels, low-income patients, rural areas and high-cost outliers.
CMS provided for a market basket update of 2.5% for federal
fiscal year 2010. However, the Health Reform Legislation
requires a 0.25% reduction to the market basket for 2010 for
discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2010. The Health
Reform Legislation also provides for the following reductions to
the market basket update for each of the following federal
fiscal years: 0.25% in 2011, 0.1% in 2012 and 2013, 0.3% in
2014, 0.2% in 2015 and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019.
For federal fiscal year 2012 and each subsequent federal fiscal
year, the Health Reform Legislation provides for the annual
market basket update to be further reduced by a productivity
adjustment tied to an economy-wide productivity average as
determined by HHS. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2014, IRFs
will be required to report quality measures to HHS or will
receive a two percentage point reduction to the market basket
update. As of December 31, 2009, we had one rehabilitation
hospital, which is operated through a joint venture, and 46
hospital rehabilitation units.
On May 7, 2004, CMS published a final rule to change the
criteria for being classified as an IRF. Pursuant to that final
rule, 75% of a facilitys inpatients over a given year had
to have been treated for at least one of 10 specified
conditions, and a subsequent regulation expanded the number of
specified conditions to 13. Since then, several statutory and
regulatory adjustments have been made to the rule, including
adjustments to the percentage of a facilitys patients that
must be treated for one of the 13 specified conditions.
Currently, the compliance threshold is set by statute at 60%.
Implementation of this 60% threshold has reduced our IRF
admissions and can be expected to continue to restrict the
treatment of patients whose medical conditions do not meet any
of the 13 approved conditions. In addition, effective
January 1, 2010, IRFs must meet additional coverage
criteria, including patient selection and care requirements
relating to pre-admission screenings, post-admission
evaluations, ongoing coordination of care and involvement of
rehabilitation physicians. A facility that fails to meet the 60%
threshold or other criteria to be classified as an IRF will be
paid under the acute care hospital inpatient or outpatient PPS,
which generally provide for lower payment amounts.
Psychiatric
Inpatient hospital services furnished in psychiatric hospitals
and psychiatric units of general, acute care hospitals and
critical access hospitals are reimbursed under a prospective
payment system (IPF PPS), a per diem payment, with
adjustments to account for certain patient and facility
characteristics. IPF PPS contains an outlier policy
for extraordinarily costly cases and an adjustment to a
facilitys base payment if it maintains a full-service
emergency department. CMS has established the IPF PPS payment
rate in a manner intended to be budget neutral and has adopted a
July 1 update cycle, with each twelve month period referred to
as a rate year. The rehabilitation, psychiatric and
long-term care (RPL) market basket update is used to
update the IPF PPS. The annual RPL market basket update for rate
year 2010 is 2.1%. However, the Health Reform Legislation
includes a 0.25% reduction to the market basket for rate year
2010. The Health Reform Legislation also provides for the
following reductions to the market basket update for each of the
following rate years: 0.25% in 2011, 0.1% in 2012 and 2013, 0.3%
in 2014, 0.2% in 2015 and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019.
For rate year 2012 and each subsequent rate year, the Health
Reform Legislation provides for the annual market basket update
to be further reduced by a productivity adjustment tied to an
economy-wide productivity average as determined by HHS. As of
December 31, 2009, we had five psychiatric hospitals and 32
hospital psychiatric units.
77
Ambulatory
Surgery Centers
CMS reimburses ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs)
using a predetermined fee schedule. Reimbursements for ASC
overhead costs are limited to no more than the overhead costs
paid to hospital outpatient departments under the Medicare
hospital outpatient PPS for the same procedure. Effective
January 1, 2008, ASC payment groups increased from nine
clinically disparate payment groups to an extensive list of
covered surgical procedures among the APCs used under the
outpatient PPS for these surgical services. Because the new
payment system has a significant impact on payments for certain
procedures, CMS has established a four-year transition period
for implementing the required payment rates. Moreover, if CMS
determines that a procedure is commonly performed in a
physicians office, the ASC reimbursement for that
procedure is limited to the reimbursement allowable under the
Medicare Part B Physician Fee Schedule, with limited
exceptions. In addition, all surgical procedures, other than
those that pose a significant safety risk or generally require
an overnight stay, are payable as ASC procedures. As a result,
more Medicare procedures now performed in hospitals may be moved
to ASCs, reducing surgical volume in our hospitals. Also, more
Medicare procedures now performed in ASCs may be moved to
physicians offices. Commercial third-party payers may
adopt similar policies. The Health Reform Legislation requires
HHS to issue a plan by January 1, 2011 for developing a
value-based purchasing program for ASCs. Such a program may
further impact Medicare reimbursement of ASCs or increase our
operating costs in order to satisfy the value-based standards.
For federal fiscal year 2011 and each subsequent federal fiscal
year, the Health Reform Legislation provides for the annual
market basket update to be reduced by a productivity adjustment
tied to an economy-wide productivity average as determined by
HHS.
Other
Under PPS, the payment rates are adjusted for the area
differences in wage levels by a factor (wage index)
reflecting the relative wage level in the geographic area
compared to the national average wage level. Beginning in
federal fiscal year 2007, CMS adjusted 100% of the wage index
factor for occupational mix. The redistributive impact of wage
index changes, while slightly negative in the aggregate, is not
anticipated to have a material financial impact for 2010.
However, the Health Reform Legislation requires HHS to report to
Congress by December 31, 2011 with recommendations on how
to comprehensively reform the Medicare wage index system.
As required by the MMA, CMS is implementing contractor reform
whereby CMS has competitively bid the Medicare fiscal
intermediary and Medicare carrier functions to 15 Medicare
Administrative Contractors (MACs), which are
geographically assigned. CMS has awarded contracts to all 15 MAC
jurisdictions; as a result of filed protests, CMS is taking
corrective action regarding the contracts in several
jurisdictions. While chain providers had the option of having
all hospitals use one home office MAC, HCA chose to use the MACs
assigned to the geographic areas in which our hospitals are
located. The individual MAC jurisdictions are in varying phases
of transition. For the transition periods and for a potentially
unforeseen period thereafter, all of these changes could impact
claims processing functions and the resulting cash flow;
however, we are unable to predict the impact at this time.
Under the Recovery Audit Contractor (RAC) program,
CMS contracts with RACs to conduct post-payment reviews to
detect and correct improper payments in the
fee-for-service
Medicare program. CMS has awarded contracts to four RACs that
are implementing the RAC program on a nationwide basis as
required by statute. The Health Reform Legislation expands the
RAC programs scope to include Medicaid claims by requiring
all states to enter contracts with RACs by December 31,
2010.
Managed
Medicare
Managed Medicare plans relate to situations where a private
company contracts with CMS to provide members with Medicare
Part A, Part B and Part D benefits. Managed
Medicare plans can be structured as HMOs, PPOs or private
fee-for-service
plans. The Medicare program allows beneficiaries to choose
enrollment in certain managed Medicare plans. In 2003, MMA
increased reimbursement to managed Medicare plans and expanded
Medicare beneficiaries healthcare options. Since 2003, the
number of beneficiaries choosing to receive their Medicare
benefits through such plans has increased. However, the Medicare
Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 imposed new
restrictions and implemented focused cuts to certain managed
78
Medicare plans. In addition, the Health Reform Legislation
reduces payments to managed Medicare plans. In light of the
current economic downturn and the recently enacted legislation,
managed Medicare plans may experience reduced premium payments,
which may lead to decreased enrollment in such plans.
Medicaid
Medicaid programs are funded jointly by the federal government
and the states and are administered by states under approved
plans. Most state Medicaid program payments are made under a PPS
or are based on negotiated payment levels with individual
hospitals. Medicaid reimbursement is often less than a
hospitals cost of services. Effective July 1, 2011,
the Health Reform Legislation will prohibit the use of federal
funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for
medical assistance provided to treat HACs. The Health Reform
Legislation also requires states to expand Medicaid coverage to
all individuals under age 65 with incomes up to 133% of the
federal poverty level by 2014. Expansion of the Medicaid program
could adversely affect future levels of reimbursement received
by our hospitals.
Since most states must operate with balanced budgets and since
the Medicaid program is often the states largest program,
states can be expected to adopt or consider adopting legislation
designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures. The current
economic downturn has increased the budgetary pressures on most
states, and these budgetary pressures have resulted and likely
will continue to result in decreased spending for Medicaid
programs in many states. Further, many states have also adopted,
or are considering, legislation designed to reduce coverage,
enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs
and/or
impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand
the states Medicaid systems. As permitted by law, certain
states in which we operate have adopted broad-based provider
taxes to fund the
non-federal
share of Medicaid programs.
Through DRA 2005, Congress has expanded the federal
governments involvement in fighting fraud, waste and abuse
in the Medicaid program by creating the Medicaid Integrity
Program. Among other things, the DRA 2005 requires CMS to employ
private contractors, referred to as Medicaid Integrity
Contractors (MICs), to perform post-payment audits
of Medicaid claims and identify overpayments. MICs are assigned
to five geographic regions and have commenced audits in several
of the states assigned to those regions. Throughout 2010, MIC
audits will continue to expand to other states. The Health
Reform Legislation increases federal funding for the MIC program
for federal fiscal year 2011 and later years. In addition to
MICs, several other contractors, including the state Medicaid
agencies, have increased their review activities. The Health
Reform Legislation expands the RAC programs scope to
include Medicaid claims by requiring all states to enter
contracts with RACs by December 31, 2010. Future
legislation or other changes in the administration or
interpretation of government health programs could have a
material, adverse effect on our financial position and results
of operations.
Managed
Medicaid
Managed Medicaid programs enable states to contract with one or
more entities for patient enrollment, care management and claims
adjudication. The states usually do not relinquish program
responsibilities for financing, eligibility criteria and core
benefit plan design. We generally contract directly with one of
the designated entities, usually a managed care organization.
The provisions of these programs are state-specific.
Enrollment in managed Medicaid plans has increased in recent
years, as state governments seek to control the cost of Medicaid
programs. However, general economic conditions in the states in
which we operate may require reductions in premium payments to
these plans and may reduce reimbursement received from these
plans.
TRICARE
TRICARE is the Department of Defenses health care program
for members of the armed forces. On May 1, 2009, the
Department of Defense implemented a prospective payment system
for hospital outpatient services furnished to TRICARE
beneficiaries similar to that utilized for services furnished to
Medicare beneficiaries. Because the Medicare outpatient
prospective payment system APC rates have historically been
79
below TRICARE rates, the adoption of this payment methodology
for TRICARE beneficiaries reduces our reimbursement; however,
TRICARE outpatient services do not represent a significant
portion of our patient volumes.
Annual
Cost Reports
All hospitals participating in the Medicare, Medicaid and
TRICARE programs, whether paid on a reasonable cost basis or
under a PPS, are required to meet certain financial reporting
requirements. Federal and, where applicable, state regulations
require the submission of annual cost reports covering the
revenues, costs and expenses associated with the services
provided by each hospital to Medicare beneficiaries and Medicaid
recipients.
Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and Medicaid
programs are subject to routine audits, which may result in
adjustments to the amounts ultimately determined to be due to us
under these reimbursement programs. These audits often require
several years to reach the final determination of amounts due to
or from us under these programs. Providers also have rights of
appeal, and it is common to contest issues raised in audits of
cost reports.
Managed
Care and Other Discounted Plans
Most of our hospitals offer discounts from established charges
to certain large group purchasers of health care services,
including managed care plans and private insurance companies.
Admissions reimbursed by commercial managed care and other
insurers were 34%, 35% and 37% of our total admissions for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Managed care contracts are typically negotiated for terms
between one and three years. While we generally received annual
average yield increases of 6% to 7% from managed care payers
during 2009, there can be no assurance that we will continue to
receive increases in the future. It is not clear what impact, if
any, the increased obligations on managed care payers and other
health plans imposed by the Health Reform Legislation will have
on our ability to negotiate reimbursement increases.
Uninsured
and Self-Pay Patients
A high percentage of our uninsured patients are initially
admitted through our emergency rooms. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, approximately 81% of our admissions of
uninsured patients occurred through our emergency rooms. The
Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act
(EMTALA) requires any hospital that participates in
the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening
examination of every person who presents to the hospitals
emergency room for treatment and, if the individual is suffering
from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize that
condition or make an appropriate transfer of the individual to a
facility that can handle the condition. The obligation to screen
and stabilize emergency medical conditions exists regardless of
an individuals ability to pay for treatment. The Health
Reform Legislation requires health plans to reimburse hospitals
for emergency services provided to enrollees without prior
authorization and without regard to whether a participating
provider contract is in place. Further, the Health Reform
Legislation contains provisions that seek to decrease the number
of uninsured individuals, including requirements, which do not
become effective until 2014, for individuals to obtain, and
employers to provide, insurance coverage. These mandates may
reduce the financial impact of screening for and stabilizing
emergency medical conditions. However, it is difficult to
predict the full impact of the Health Reform Legislation due to
the laws complexity, lack of implementing regulations or
interpretive guidance, gradual implementation and possible
amendment.
We are taking proactive measures to reduce our provision for
doubtful accounts by, among other things: screening all
patients, including the uninsured, through our emergency
screening protocol, to determine the appropriate care setting in
light of their condition, while reducing the potential for bad
debt; and increasing up-front collections from patients subject
to co-pay and deductible requirements and uninsured patients.
80
Hospital
Utilization
We believe that the most important factors relating to the
overall utilization of a hospital are the quality and market
position of the hospital and the number and quality of
physicians and other health care professionals providing patient
care within the facility. Generally, we believe the ability of a
hospital to be a market leader is determined by its breadth of
services, level of technology, emphasis on quality of care and
convenience for patients and physicians. Other factors that
impact utilization include the growth in local population, local
economic conditions and market penetration of managed care
programs.
The following table sets forth certain operating statistics for
our health care facilities. Health care facility operations are
subject to certain seasonal fluctuations, including decreases in
patient utilization during holiday periods and increases in the
cold weather months. The data set forth in this table includes
only those facilities that are consolidated for financial
reporting purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Number of hospitals at end of period(a)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
Number of freestanding outpatient surgery centers at end of
period(b)
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Number of licensed beds at end of period(c)
|
|
|
38,839
|
|
|
|
38,504
|
|
|
|
38,405
|
|
|
|
39,354
|
|
|
|
41,265
|
|
Weighted average licensed beds(d)
|
|
|
38,825
|
|
|
|
38,422
|
|
|
|
39,065
|
|
|
|
40,653
|
|
|
|
41,902
|
|
Admissions(e)
|
|
|
1,556,500
|
|
|
|
1,541,800
|
|
|
|
1,552,700
|
|
|
|
1,610,100
|
|
|
|
1,647,800
|
|
Equivalent admissions(f)
|
|
|
2,439,000
|
|
|
|
2,363,600
|
|
|
|
2,352,400
|
|
|
|
2,416,700
|
|
|
|
2,476,600
|
|
Average length of stay (days)(g)
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Average daily census(h)
|
|
|
20,650
|
|
|
|
20,795
|
|
|
|
21,049
|
|
|
|
21,688
|
|
|
|
22,225
|
|
Occupancy rate(i)
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
Emergency room visits(j)
|
|
|
5,593,500
|
|
|
|
5,246,400
|
|
|
|
5,116,100
|
|
|
|
5,213,500
|
|
|
|
5,415,200
|
|
Outpatient surgeries(k)
|
|
|
794,600
|
|
|
|
797,400
|
|
|
|
804,900
|
|
|
|
820,900
|
|
|
|
836,600
|
|
Inpatient surgeries(l)
|
|
|
494,500
|
|
|
|
493,100
|
|
|
|
516,500
|
|
|
|
533,100
|
|
|
|
541,400
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Excludes eight facilities in 2009, 2008 and 2007 and seven
facilities in 2006 and 2005 that are not consolidated (accounted
for using the equity method) for financial reporting purposes. |
|
(b) |
|
Excludes eight facilities in 2009 and 2008, nine facilities in
2007 and 2006 and seven facilities in 2005 that are not
consolidated (accounted for using the equity method) for
financial reporting purposes. |
|
(c) |
|
Licensed beds are those beds for which a facility has been
granted approval to operate from the applicable state licensing
agency. |
|
(d) |
|
Weighted average licensed beds represents the average number of
licensed beds, weighted based on periods owned. |
|
(e) |
|
Represents the total number of patients admitted to our
hospitals and is used by management and certain investors as a
general measure of inpatient volume. |
|
(f) |
|
Equivalent admissions are used by management and certain
investors as a general measure of combined inpatient and
outpatient volume. Equivalent admissions are computed by
multiplying admissions (inpatient volume) by the sum of gross
inpatient revenue and gross outpatient revenue and then dividing
the resulting amount by gross inpatient revenue. The equivalent
admissions computation equates outpatient revenue to
the volume measure (admissions) used to measure inpatient
volume, resulting in a general measure of combined inpatient and
outpatient volume. |
|
(g) |
|
Represents the average number of days admitted patients stay in
our hospitals. |
|
(h) |
|
Represents the average number of patients in our hospital beds
each day. |
|
(i) |
|
Represents the percentage of hospital licensed beds occupied by
patients. Both average daily census and occupancy rate provide
measures of the utilization of inpatient rooms. |
81
|
|
|
(j) |
|
Represents the number of patients treated in our emergency rooms. |
|
(k) |
|
Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who
were not admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and
endoscopy procedures are not included in outpatient surgeries. |
|
(l) |
|
Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who
have been admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and
endoscopy procedures are not included in inpatient surgeries. |
Competition
Generally, other hospitals in the local communities served by
most of our hospitals provide services similar to those offered
by our hospitals. Additionally, in recent years the number of
freestanding ASCs and diagnostic centers (including facilities
owned by physicians) in the geographic areas in which we operate
has increased significantly. As a result, most of our hospitals
operate in a highly competitive environment. In some cases,
competing hospitals are more established than our hospitals.
Some competing hospitals are owned by tax-supported government
agencies and many others are owned by
not-for-profit
entities that may be supported by endowments, charitable
contributions
and/or tax
revenues and are exempt from sales, property and income taxes.
Such exemptions and support are not available to our hospitals.
In certain localities there are large teaching hospitals that
provide highly specialized facilities, equipment and services
which may not be available at most of our hospitals. We are
facing increasing competition from specialty hospitals, some of
which are physician-owned, and both our own and unaffiliated
freestanding ASCs for market share in high margin services.
Psychiatric hospitals frequently attract patients from areas
outside their immediate locale and, therefore, our psychiatric
hospitals compete with both local and regional hospitals,
including the psychiatric units of general, acute care hospitals.
Our strategies are designed to ensure our hospitals are
competitive. We believe our hospitals compete within local
communities on the basis of many factors, including the quality
of care, ability to attract and retain quality physicians,
skilled clinical personnel and other health care professionals,
location, breadth of services, technology offered and prices
charged. Pursuant to the Health Reform Legislation, hospitals
will be required to publish annually a list of their standard
charges for items and services. We have increased our focus on
operating outpatient services with improved accessibility and
more convenient service for patients, and increased
predictability and efficiency for physicians.
Two of the most significant factors to the competitive position
of a hospital are the number and quality of physicians
affiliated with the hospital. Although physicians may at any
time terminate their affiliation with a hospital we operate, our
hospitals seek to retain physicians with varied specialties on
the hospitals medical staffs and to attract other
qualified physicians. We believe physicians refer patients to a
hospital on the basis of the quality and scope of services it
renders to patients and physicians, the quality of physicians on
the medical staff, the location of the hospital and the quality
of the hospitals facilities, equipment and employees.
Accordingly, we strive to maintain and provide quality
facilities, equipment, employees and services for physicians and
patients.
Another major factor in the competitive position of a hospital
is our ability to negotiate service contracts with purchasers of
group health care services. Managed care plans attempt to direct
and control the use of hospital services and obtain discounts
from hospitals established gross charges. In addition,
employers and traditional health insurers continue to attempt to
contain costs through negotiations with hospitals for managed
care programs and discounts from established gross charges.
Generally, hospitals compete for service contracts with group
health care services purchasers on the basis of price, market
reputation, geographic location, quality and range of services,
quality of the medical staff and convenience. Our future success
will depend, in part, on our ability to retain and renew our
managed care contracts and enter into new managed care contracts
on favorable terms. Other health care providers may impact our
ability to enter into managed care contracts or negotiate
increases in our reimbursement and other favorable terms and
conditions. For example, some of our competitors may negotiate
exclusivity provisions with managed care plans or otherwise
restrict the ability of managed care companies to contract with
us. The trend toward consolidation among non-government payers
tends to increase their bargaining power over fee structures.
The importance of obtaining contracts with
82
managed care organizations varies from community to community,
depending on the market strength of such organizations.
State certificate of need (CON) laws, which place
limitations on a hospitals ability to expand hospital
services and facilities, make capital expenditures and otherwise
make changes in operations, may also have the effect of
restricting competition. We currently operate health care
facilities in a number of states with CON laws. Before issuing a
CON, these states consider the need for additional or expanded
health care facilities or services. In those states which have
no CON laws or which set relatively high levels of expenditures
before they become reviewable by state authorities, competition
in the form of new services, facilities and capital spending is
more prevalent. See Regulation and Other Factors.
We and the health care industry as a whole face the challenge of
continuing to provide quality patient care while dealing with
rising costs and strong competition for patients. Changes in
medical technology, existing and future legislation, regulations
and interpretations and managed care contracting for provider
services by private and government payers remain ongoing
challenges.
Admissions, average lengths of stay and reimbursement amounts
continue to be negatively affected by payer-required
pre-admission authorization, utilization review and payer
pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative health care
delivery services for less acutely ill patients. The Health
Reform Legislation eliminates statutory restrictions on the use
of prepayment review by Medicare contractors. Increased
competition, admission constraints and payer pressures are
expected to continue. To meet these challenges, we intend to
expand our facilities or acquire or construct new facilities
where appropriate, to better enable the provision of a
comprehensive array of outpatient services, offer market
competitive pricing to private payer groups, upgrade facilities
and equipment, and offer new or expanded programs and services.
83
REGULATION AND
OTHER FACTORS
Licensure,
Certification and Accreditation
Health care facility construction and operation are subject to
numerous federal, state and local regulations relating to the
adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating
policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, fire
prevention, rate-setting and compliance with building codes and
environmental protection laws. Facilities are subject to
periodic inspection by governmental and other authorities to
assure continued compliance with the various standards necessary
for licensing and accreditation. We believe our health care
facilities are properly licensed under applicable state laws.
Each of our acute care hospitals are certified for participation
in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and are accredited by The
Joint Commission. If any facility were to lose its Medicare or
Medicaid certification, the facility would be unable to receive
reimbursement from federal health care programs. If any facility
were to lose accreditation by The Joint Commission, the facility
would be subject to state surveys, potentially be subject to
increased scrutiny by CMS and likely lose payment from
non-government payers. Management believes our facilities are in
substantial compliance with current applicable federal, state,
local and independent review body regulations and standards. The
requirements for licensure, certification and accreditation are
subject to change and, in order to remain qualified, it may
become necessary for us to make changes in our facilities,
equipment, personnel and services. The requirements for
licensure also may include notification or approval in the event
of the transfer or change of ownership. Failure to obtain the
necessary state approval in these circumstances can result in
the inability to complete an acquisition or change of ownership.
Certificates
of Need
In some states where we operate hospitals and other health care
facilities, the construction or expansion of health care
facilities, the acquisition of existing facilities, the transfer
or change of ownership and the addition of new beds or services
may be subject to review by and prior approval of state
regulatory agencies under a CON program. Such laws generally
require the reviewing state agency to determine the public need
for additional or expanded health care facilities and services.
Failure to obtain necessary state approval can result in the
inability to expand facilities, complete an acquisition or
change ownership.
State
Rate Review
Some states have adopted legislation mandating rate or budget
review for hospitals or have adopted taxes on hospital revenues,
assessments or licensure fees to fund indigent health care
within the state. In the aggregate, indigent tax provisions have
not materially, adversely affected our results of operations.
Although we do not currently operate facilities in states that
mandate rate or budget reviews, we cannot predict whether we
will operate in such states in the future, or whether the states
in which we currently operate may adopt legislation mandating
such reviews.
Federal
Health Care Program Regulations
Participation in any federal health care program, including the
Medicare and Medicaid programs, is heavily regulated by statute
and regulation. If a hospital fails to substantially comply with
the numerous conditions of participation in the Medicare and
Medicaid programs or performs certain prohibited acts, the
hospitals participation in the federal health care
programs may be terminated, or civil or criminal penalties may
be imposed under certain provisions of the Social Security Act,
or both.
Anti-kickback
Statute
A section of the Social Security Act known as the
Anti-kickback Statute prohibits providers and others
from directly or indirectly soliciting, receiving, offering or
paying any remuneration with the intent of generating referrals
or orders for services or items covered by a federal health care
program. Courts have interpreted this statute broadly and held
that there is a violation of the Anti-kickback Statute if just
one purpose of the remuneration is to generate referrals, even
if there are other lawful purposes. Furthermore, the Health
Reform Legislation provides that knowledge of the law or the
intent to violate the law is not required.
84
Violations of the Anti-kickback Statute may be punished by a
criminal fine of up to $25,000 for each violation or
imprisonment, civil money penalties of up to $50,000 per
violation and damages of up to three times the total amount of
the remuneration
and/or
exclusion from participation in federal health care programs,
including Medicare and Medicaid. The Health Reform Legislation
provides that submission of a claim for services or items
generated in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute constitutes
a false or fraudulent claim and may be subject to additional
penalties under the federal False Claims Act (FCA).
The Office of Inspector General at HHS (OIG), among
other regulatory agencies, is responsible for identifying and
eliminating fraud, abuse and waste. The OIG carries out this
mission through a nationwide program of audits, investigations
and inspections. As one means of providing guidance to health
care providers, the OIG issues Special Fraud Alerts.
These alerts do not have the force of law, but identify features
of arrangements or transactions that the government believes may
cause the arrangements or transactions to violate the
Anti-kickback Statute or other federal health care laws. The OIG
has identified several incentive arrangements that constitute
suspect practices, including: (a) payment of any incentive
by a hospital each time a physician refers a patient to the
hospital, (b) the use of free or significantly discounted
office space or equipment in facilities usually located close to
the hospital, (c) provision of free or significantly
discounted billing, nursing or other staff services,
(d) free training for a physicians office staff in
areas such as management techniques and laboratory techniques,
(e) guarantees which provide, if the physicians
income fails to reach a predetermined level, the hospital will
pay any portion of the remainder, (f) low-interest or
interest-free loans, or loans which may be forgiven if a
physician refers patients to the hospital, (g) payment of
the costs of a physicians travel and expenses for
conferences, (h) coverage on the hospitals group
health insurance plans at an inappropriately low cost to the
physician, (i) payment for services (which may include
consultations at the hospital) which require few, if any,
substantive duties by the physician, (j) purchasing goods
or services from physicians at prices in excess of their fair
market value, and (k) rental of space in physician offices,
at other than fair market value terms, by persons or entities to
which physicians refer. The OIG has encouraged persons having
information about hospitals who offer the above types of
incentives to physicians to report such information to the OIG.
The OIG also issues Special Advisory Bulletins as a means of
providing guidance to health care providers. These bulletins,
along with the Special Fraud Alerts, have focused on certain
arrangements that could be subject to heightened scrutiny by
government enforcement authorities, including:
(a) contractual joint venture arrangements and other joint
venture arrangements between those in a position to refer
business, such as physicians, and those providing items or
services for which Medicare or Medicaid pays, and
(b) certain gainsharing arrangements, i.e., the
practice of giving physicians a share of any reduction in a
hospitals costs for patient care attributable in part to
the physicians efforts.
In addition to issuing Special Fraud Alerts and Special Advisory
Bulletins, the OIG issues compliance program guidance for
certain types of health care providers. The OIG guidance
identifies a number of risk areas under federal fraud and abuse
statutes and regulations. These areas of risk include
compensation arrangements with physicians, recruitment
arrangements with physicians and joint venture relationships
with physicians.
As authorized by Congress, the OIG has published safe harbor
regulations that outline categories of activities deemed
protected from prosecution under the Anti-kickback Statute.
Currently, there are statutory exceptions and safe harbors for
various activities, including the following: certain investment
interests, space rental, equipment rental, practitioner
recruitment, personnel services and management contracts, sale
of practice, referral services, warranties, discounts,
employees, group purchasing organizations, waiver of beneficiary
coinsurance and deductible amounts, managed care arrangements,
obstetrical malpractice insurance subsidies, investments in
group practices, freestanding surgery centers, ambulance
replenishing, and referral agreements for specialty services.
The fact that conduct or a business arrangement does not fall
within a safe harbor, or it is identified in a Special Fraud
Alert or Advisory Bulletin or as a risk area in the Supplemental
Compliance Guidelines for Hospitals, does not necessarily render
the conduct or business arrangement illegal under the
Anti-kickback Statute. However, such conduct and business
arrangements may lead to increased scrutiny by government
enforcement authorities.
85
We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians and
others who either refer or influence the referral of patients to
our hospitals and other health care facilities, including
employment contracts, leases, medical director agreements and
professional service agreements. We also have similar
relationships with physicians and facilities to which patients
are referred from our facilities. In addition, we provide
financial incentives, including minimum revenue guarantees, to
recruit physicians into the communities served by our hospitals.
While we endeavor to comply with the applicable safe harbors,
certain of our current arrangements, including joint ventures
and financial relationships with physicians and other referral
sources and persons and entities to which we refer patients, do
not qualify for safe harbor protection.
Although we believe our arrangements with physicians and other
referral sources have been structured to comply with current law
and available interpretations, there can be no assurance
regulatory authorities enforcing these laws will determine these
financial arrangements comply with the Anti-kickback Statute or
other applicable laws. An adverse determination could subject us
to liabilities under the Social Security Act, including criminal
penalties, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from
participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care
programs.
Stark
Law
The Social Security Act also includes a provision commonly known
as the Stark Law. The Stark Law prevents the entity
from billing Medicare and Medicaid programs for any items or
services that result from a prohibited referral and requires the
entity to refund amounts received for items or services provided
pursuant to the prohibited referral. The law, thus, effectively
prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid
patients to entities with which they or any of their immediate
family members have a financial relationship, if these entities
provide certain designated health services
reimbursable by Medicare, including inpatient and outpatient
hospital services, clinical laboratory services and radiology
services. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law include denial
of payment, civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per claim
submitted and exclusion from the federal health care programs.
The statute also provides for a penalty of up to $100,000 for a
circumvention scheme. There are exceptions to the self-referral
prohibition for many of the customary financial arrangements
between physicians and providers, including employment
contracts, leases and recruitment agreements. Unlike safe
harbors under the Anti-kickback Statute with which compliance is
voluntary, an arrangement must comply with every requirement of
a Stark Law exception or the arrangement is in violation of the
Stark Law. Although there is an exception for a physicians
ownership interest in an entire hospital, the Health Reform
Legislation prohibits newly created physician-owned hospitals
from billing for Medicare patients referred by their physician
owners. As a result, the new law will effectively prevent the
formation of physician-owned hospitals after December 31,
2010. While the new law grandfathers existing physician-owned
hospitals, it does not allow these hospitals to increase the
percentage of physician ownership and significantly restricts
their ability to expand services.
Through a series of rulemakings, CMS has issued final
regulations implementing the Stark Law. Additional changes to
these regulations, which became effective October 1, 2009,
further restrict the types of arrangements facilities and
physicians may enter, including additional restrictions on
certain leases, percentage compensation arrangements, and
agreements under which a hospital purchases services under
arrangements. While these regulations were intended to
clarify the requirements of the exceptions to the Stark Law, it
is unclear how the government will interpret many of these
exceptions for enforcement purposes. CMS has indicated it is
considering additional changes to the Stark Law regulations.
Because many of these laws and their implementing regulations
are relatively new, we do not always have the benefit of
significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws
and regulations. We attempt to structure our relationships to
meet an exception to the Stark Law, but the regulations
implementing the exceptions are detailed and complex, and we
cannot assure that every relationship complies fully with the
Stark Law.
On September 14, 2007, CMS published an information
collection request called the Disclosure of Financial Relations
Report (DFRR). The DFRR and its supporting
documentation are currently under review by the Office of
Management and Budget, and it is unclear when, or if, it will be
finalized. CMS has indicated that responding hospitals will have
a limited amount of time to compile a significant amount of
information relating to their financial relationships with
physicians. A hospital may be subject to substantial penalties
if it is unable to assemble and report this information within
the required time frame or if any applicable
86
government agency determines that the submission is inaccurate
or incomplete. Depending on the final format of the DFRR,
responding hospitals may be subject to substantial penalties as
a result of enforcement actions brought by government agencies
and whistleblowers acting pursuant to the FCA and similar state
laws, based on such allegations as failure to respond within
required deadlines, that the response is inaccurate or contains
incomplete information, or that the response indicates a
potential violation of the Stark Law or other requirements.
Similar
State Laws
Many states in which we operate also have laws similar to the
Anti-kickback Statute that prohibit payments to physicians for
patient referrals and laws similar to the Stark Law that
prohibit certain self-referrals. The scope of these state laws
is broad, since they can often apply regardless of the source of
payment for care, and little precedent exists for their
interpretation or enforcement. These statutes typically provide
for criminal and civil penalties, as well as loss of facility
licensure.
Other
Fraud and Abuse Provisions
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
(HIPAA) broadened the scope of certain fraud and
abuse laws by adding several criminal provisions for health care
fraud offenses that apply to all health benefit programs. The
Social Security Act also imposes criminal and civil penalties
for making false claims and statements to Medicare and Medicaid.
False claims include, but are not limited to, billing for
services not rendered or for misrepresenting actual services
rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement, billing for
unnecessary goods and services, and cost report fraud. Federal
enforcement officials have the ability to exclude from Medicare
and Medicaid any investors, officers and managing employees
associated with business entities that have committed health
care fraud, even if the officer or managing employee had no
knowledge of the fraud. Criminal and civil penalties may be
imposed for a number of other prohibited activities, including
failure to return known overpayments, certain gainsharing
arrangements, billing Medicare amounts that are substantially in
excess of a providers usual charges, offering remuneration
to influence a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiarys selection
of a health care provider, contracting with an individual or
entity known to be excluded from a federal health care program,
making or accepting a payment to induce a physician to reduce or
limit services, and soliciting or receiving any remuneration in
return for referring an individual for an item or service
payable by a federal health care program. Like the Anti-kickback
Statute, these provisions are very broad. Under the Health
Reform Legislation, civil penalties may be imposed for the
failure to report and return an overpayment within 60 days
of identifying the overpayment or by the date a corresponding
cost report is due, whichever is later. To avoid liability,
providers must, among other things, carefully and accurately
code claims for reimbursement, promptly return overpayments and
accurately prepare cost reports.
Some of these provisions, including the federal Civil Monetary
Penalty Law, require a lower burden of proof than other fraud
and abuse laws, including the Anti-kickback Statute. Civil
monetary penalties that may be imposed under the federal Civil
Monetary Penalty Law range from $10,000 to $50,000 per act, and
in some cases may result in penalties of up to three times the
remuneration offered, paid, solicited or received. In addition,
a violator may be subject to exclusion from federal and state
health care programs. Federal and state governments increasingly
use the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, especially where
they believe they cannot meet the higher burden of proof
requirements under the Anti-kickback Statute. Further,
individuals can receive up to $1,000 for providing information
on Medicare fraud and abuse that leads to the recovery of at
least $100 of Medicare funds under the Medicare Integrity
Program.
The
Federal False Claims Act and Similar State Laws
The qui tam, or whistleblower, provisions of the FCA
allow private individuals to bring actions on behalf of the
government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal
government. Further, the government may use the FCA to prosecute
Medicare and other government program fraud in areas such as
coding errors, billing for services not provided and submitting
false cost reports. When a private party brings a qui tam
action under the FCA, the defendant is not made aware of the
lawsuit until the government commences its own investigation or
makes a determination whether it will intervene. When a
defendant is determined by a court of law to be liable under the
FCA, the defendant may be required to pay three times the actual
damages
87
sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of
between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim. There
are many potential bases for liability under the FCA. Liability
often arises when an entity knowingly submits a false claim for
reimbursement to the federal government. The FCA defines the
term knowingly broadly. Though simple negligence
will not give rise to liability under the FCA, submitting a
claim with reckless disregard to its truth or falsity
constitutes a knowing submission under the FCA and,
therefore, will qualify for liability. The Fraud Enforcement and
Recovery Act of 2009 expanded the scope of the FCA by, among
other things, creating liability for knowingly and improperly
avoiding repayment of an overpayment received from the
government and broadening protections for whistleblowers. Under
the Health Reform Legislation, the FCA is implicated by the
knowing failure to report and return an overpayment within
60 days of identifying the overpayment or by the date a
corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. Further,
the Health Reform Legislation expands the scope of the FCA to
cover payments in connection with the new health insurance
exchanges to be created by the Health Reform Legislation, if
those payments include any federal funds.
In some cases, whistleblowers and the federal government have
taken the position, and some courts have held, that providers
who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the
Anti-kickback Statute and the Stark Law, have thereby submitted
false claims under the FCA. The Health Reform Legislation
clarifies this issue with respect to the Anti-kickback Statute
by providing that submission of claims for services or items
generated in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute constitutes
a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. Every entity that
receives at least $5 million annually in Medicaid payments
must have written policies for all employees, contractors or
agents, providing detailed information about false claims, false
statements and whistleblower protections under certain federal
laws, including the FCA, and similar state laws. In addition,
federal law provides an incentive to states to enact false
claims laws comparable to the FCA. A number of states in which
we operate have adopted their own false claims provisions as
well as their own whistleblower provisions under which a private
party may file a civil lawsuit in state court. We have adopted
and distributed policies pertaining to the FCA and relevant
state laws.
HIPAA
Administrative Simplification and Privacy and Security
Requirements
The Administrative Simplification Provisions of HIPAA require
the use of uniform electronic data transmission standards for
certain health care claims and payment transactions submitted or
received electronically. These provisions are intended to
encourage electronic commerce in the health care industry. HHS
has issued regulations implementing the HIPAA Administrative
Simplification Provisions and compliance with these regulations
is mandatory for our facilities. In addition, HIPAA requires
that each provider use a National Provider Identifier. In
January 2009, CMS published a final rule making changes to the
formats used for certain electronic transactions and requiring
the use of updated standard code sets for certain diagnoses and
procedures known as ICD-10 code sets. While use of the ICD-10
code sets is not mandatory until October 1, 2013, we will
be modifying our payment systems and processes to prepare for
the implementation. Implementing the ICD-10 code sets will
require significant administrative changes, but we believe that
the cost of compliance with these regulations has not had and is
not expected to have a material, adverse effect on our business,
financial position or results of operations. The Health Reform
Legislation requires HHS to adopt standards for additional
electronic transactions and to establish operating rules to
promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized
electronic transaction.
The privacy and security regulations promulgated pursuant to
HIPAA extensively regulate the use and disclosure of
individually identifiable health information and require covered
entities, including health plans and most health care providers,
to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards
to protect the security of such information. The American
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA), which
was signed into law on February 17, 2009, broadened the
scope of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. In
addition, ARRA extends the application of certain provisions of
the security and privacy regulations to business associates
(entities that handle identifiable health information on behalf
of covered entities) and subjects business associates to civil
and criminal penalties for violation of the regulations. We
enforce a HIPAA compliance plan, which we believe complies with
HIPAA privacy and security requirements and under which a HIPAA
compliance group monitors our compliance. The privacy
regulations and security regulations have and will continue to
impose significant costs on our facilities in order to comply
with these standards.
88
As required by ARRA, HHS published an interim final rule on
August 24, 2009, that requires covered entities to report
breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected
individuals without unreasonable delay but not to exceed
60 days of discovery of the breach by a covered entity or
its agents. Notification must also be made to HHS and, in
certain situations involving large breaches, to the media.
Various state laws and regulations may also require us to notify
affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving
individually identifiable information.
Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may
result in civil and criminal penalties, and ARRA has
strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA, which may
result in increased enforcement activity. Under ARRA, HHS is
required to conduct periodic compliance audits of covered
entities and their business associates. ARRA broadens the
applicability of the criminal penalty provisions to employees of
covered entities and requires HHS to impose penalties for
violations resulting from willful neglect. ARRA also
significantly increases the amount of the civil penalties, with
penalties of up to $50,000 per violation for a maximum civil
penalty of $1,500,000 in a calendar year for violations of the
same requirement. In addition, ARRA authorizes state attorneys
general to bring civil actions seeking either injunction or
damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security
regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents. Our
facilities also remain subject to any federal or state
privacy-related laws that are more restrictive than the privacy
regulations issued under HIPAA. These laws vary and could impose
additional penalties.
There are numerous other laws and legislative and regulatory
initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing privacy
and security concerns. For example, the Federal Trade Commission
issued a final rule in October 2007 requiring financial
institutions and creditors, which may include health providers
and health plans, to implement written identity theft prevention
programs to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in
connection with certain accounts. The Federal Trade Commission
has delayed enforcement of this rule until June 1, 2010.
EMTALA
All of our hospitals in the United States are subject to EMTALA.
This federal law requires any hospital participating in the
Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening
examination of every individual who presents to the
hospitals emergency room for treatment and, if the
individual is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to
either stabilize the condition or make an appropriate transfer
of the individual to a facility able to handle the condition.
The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical
conditions exists regardless of an individuals ability to
pay for treatment. There are severe penalties under EMTALA if a
hospital fails to screen or appropriately stabilize or transfer
an individual or if the hospital delays appropriate treatment in
order to first inquire about the individuals ability to
pay. Penalties for violations of EMTALA include civil monetary
penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare
program. In addition, an injured individual, the
individuals family or a medical facility that suffers a
financial loss as a direct result of a hospitals violation
of the law can bring a civil suit against the hospital.
The government broadly interprets EMTALA to cover situations in
which individuals do not actually present to a hospitals
emergency room, but present for emergency examination or
treatment to the hospitals campus, generally, or to a
hospital-based clinic that treats emergency medical conditions
or are transported in a hospital-owned ambulance, subject to
certain exceptions. At least one court has interpreted the law
also to apply to a hospital that has been notified of a
patients pending arrival in a non-hospital owned
ambulance. EMTALA does not generally apply to individuals
admitted for inpatient services. The government has expressed
its intent to investigate and enforce EMTALA violations actively
in the future. We believe our hospitals operate in substantial
compliance with EMTALA.
Corporate
Practice of Medicine/Fee Splitting
Some of the states in which we operate have laws prohibiting
corporations and other entities from employing physicians,
practicing medicine for a profit and making certain direct and
indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements between health
care providers designed to induce or encourage the referral of
patients to, or the recommendation of, particular providers for
medical products and services. Possible sanctions for violation
of these restrictions include loss of license and civil and
criminal penalties. In addition, agreements between the
corporation
89
and the physician may be considered void and unenforceable.
These statutes vary from state to state, are often vague and
have seldom been interpreted by the courts or regulatory
agencies.
Health
Care Industry Investigations
Significant media and public attention has focused in recent
years on the hospital industry. This media and public attention,
changes in government personnel or other factors may lead to
increased scrutiny of the health care industry. While we are
currently not aware of any material investigations of the
Company under federal or state health care laws or regulations,
it is possible that governmental entities could initiate
investigations or litigation in the future at facilities we
operate and that such matters could result in significant
penalties, as well as adverse publicity. It is also possible
that our executives and managers could be included in
governmental investigations or litigation or named as defendants
in private litigation.
Our substantial Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental
billings result in heightened scrutiny of our operations. We
continue to monitor all aspects of our business and have
developed a comprehensive ethics and compliance program that is
designed to meet or exceed applicable federal guidelines and
industry standards. Because the law in this area is complex and
constantly evolving, governmental investigations or litigation
may result in interpretations that are inconsistent with our or
industry practices.
In public statements surrounding current investigations,
governmental authorities have taken positions on a number of
issues, including some for which little official interpretation
previously has been available, that appear to be inconsistent
with practices that have been common within the industry and
that previously have not been challenged in this manner. In some
instances, government investigations that have in the past been
conducted under the civil provisions of federal law may now be
conducted as criminal investigations.
Both federal and state government agencies have increased their
focus on and coordination of civil and criminal enforcement
efforts in the health care area. The OIG and the Department of
Justice have, from time to time, established national
enforcement initiatives, targeting all hospital providers that
focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of
abuse. The Health Reform Legislation includes additional federal
funding to fight health care fraud, waste and abuse, including
$95 million for federal fiscal year 2011, $55 million
in federal fiscal year 2012 and additional increased funding
through 2016. In addition, governmental agencies and their
agents, such as the Medicare Administrative Contractors, fiscal
intermediaries and carriers, may conduct audits of our health
care operations. Private payers may conduct similar post-payment
audits, and we also perform internal audits and monitoring.
In addition to national enforcement initiatives, federal and
state investigations have addressed a wide variety of routine
health care operations such as: cost reporting and billing
practices, including for Medicare outliers; financial
arrangements with referral sources; physician recruitment
activities; physician joint ventures; and hospital charges and
collection practices for self-pay patients. We engage in many of
these routine health care operations and other activities that
could be the subject of governmental investigations or
inquiries. For example, we have significant Medicare and
Medicaid billings, numerous financial arrangements with
physicians who are referral sources to our hospitals, and joint
venture arrangements involving physician investors. Certain of
our individual facilities have received, and other facilities
may receive, government inquiries from federal and state
agencies. Any additional investigations of the Company, our
executives or managers could result in significant liabilities
or penalties to us, as well as adverse publicity.
Commencing in 1997, we became aware we were the subject of
governmental investigations and litigation relating to our
business practices. As part of the investigations, the United
States intervened in a number of qui tam actions brought
by private parties. The investigations related to, among other
things, DRG coding, outpatient laboratory billing, home health
issues, physician relations, cost report and wound care issues.
The investigations were concluded through a series of agreements
executed in 2000 and 2003 with the Criminal Division of the
Department of Justice, the Civil Division of the Department of
Justice, various U.S. Attorneys offices, CMS, a
negotiating team representing states with claims against us, and
others. In January 2001, we entered into an eight-year Corporate
Integrity Agreement (CIA) with the OIG, which
expired January 24, 2009. If the government were to
determine that we violated or breached the CIA or other federal
or state laws relating to Medicare, Medicaid or similar
programs, we could be subject to substantial monetary fines,
civil and criminal penalties
and/or
90
exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid
programs and other federal and state health care programs.
Alleged violations may be pursued by the government or through
private qui tam actions. Sanctions imposed against us as
a result of such actions could have a material, adverse effect
on our results of operations and financial position.
Health
Care Reform
In March 2010, President Obama signed the Health Reform
Legislation into law. The Health Reform Legislation represents
significant change across the health care industry. As a result
of the laws complexity, lack of implementing regulations
or interpretive guidance, gradual implementation and possible
amendment, the impact of the Health Reform Legislation is not
yet fully known. The primary goal of the Health Reform
Legislation is to decrease the number of uninsured individuals
by expanding coverage to approximately 32 million
additional individuals through a combination of public program
expansion and private sector health insurance reforms. The
Health Reform Legislation expands eligibility under existing
Medicaid programs, imposes financial penalties on individuals
who fail to carry insurance coverage and creates affordability
credits for those not enrolled in an employer-sponsored health
plan. Further, the Health Reform Legislation requires states to
establish a health insurance exchange and permits states to
create federally funded, non-Medicaid plans for low-income
residents not eligible for Medicaid. The Health Reform
Legislation establishes a number of health insurance market
reforms, including a ban on lifetime limits and pre-existing
condition exclusions, new benefit mandates, and increased
dependent coverage. Health insurance market reforms that expand
insurance coverage should increase revenues from providing care
to previously uninsured individuals; however, many of these
provisions of the Health Reform Legislation will not become
effective until 2014 or later. It is also possible that
implementation of these provisions could be delayed or even
blocked due to court challenges. In addition, there may be
efforts to repeal or amend the Health Reform Legislation.
Further, the Health Reform Legislation contains a number of
provisions designed to significantly reduce Medicare and
Medicaid program spending, including reductions in Medicare
market basket updates and Medicare and Medicaid disproportionate
share funding. A significant portion of our patient volume is
derived from government health care programs, principally
Medicare and Medicaid. Specifically, we derived approximately
40% of our revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs in
2009. Reductions to our reimbursement under the Medicare and
Medicaid programs by the Health Reform Legislation could
adversely affect our business and results of operations, to the
extent such reductions are not offset by the expected increases
in revenues from providing care to previously uninsured
individuals.
The Health Reform Legislation prohibits newly created
physician-owned hospitals from billing for Medicare patients
referred by their physician owners. As a result, the new law
will effectively prevent the formation of physician-owned
hospitals after December 31, 2010. While the new law
grandfathers existing physician-owned hospitals, it does not
allow these hospitals to increase the percentage of physician
ownership and significantly restricts their ability to expand
services.
Because of the many variables involved, we are unable to predict
the net effect on the Company of the reductions in Medicare and
Medicaid spending, the expected increases in revenues from
providing care to previously uninsured individuals, and numerous
other provisions in the law that may affect the Company. We are
further unable to foresee how individuals and businesses will
respond to the choices afforded them by the Health Reform
Legislation. Thus, we cannot predict the full impact of the
Health Reform Legislation on the Company at this time.
Current and possible future changes in the Medicare, Medicaid,
and other state programs, including Medicaid supplemental
payments pursuant to upper payment limit programs, may impact
reimbursements to health care providers and insurers. Many
states have enacted, or are considering enacting, health reform
measures, including reforms designed to reduce their Medicaid
expenditures and change private health care insurance. States
have also adopted, or are considering, legislation designed to
reduce coverage, enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care
programs
and/or
impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand
states Medicaid systems. Some states, including states in
which we operate, have applied for and have been granted federal
waivers from current Medicaid regulations to allow them to serve
some or all of their Medicaid participants through managed care
providers. The Health Reform Legislation will result in
increased state legislative and regulatory changes in order
91
for states to comply with new federal mandates, such as the
requirement to establish health insurance exchanges and the
expansion of Medicaid enrollment, and to participate in grants
and other incentive opportunities.
Hospital operating margins have been, and may continue to be,
under significant pressure because of deterioration in pricing
flexibility and payer mix, reductions in Medicaid expenditures
and growth in operating expenses in excess of the increase in
PPS payments under the Medicare program. Changes to federal and
state government health care programs, to commercial plans and
to other aspects of the health care industry resulting from the
Health Reform Legislation may increase the pressure on hospital
operating margins.
General
Economic and Demographic Factors
The United States economy has weakened significantly. Depressed
consumer spending and higher unemployment rates continue to
pressure many industries. During economic downturns,
governmental entities often experience budget deficits as a
result of increased costs and lower than expected tax
collections. These budget deficits may force federal, state and
local government entities to decrease spending for health and
human service programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and similar
programs, which represent significant payer sources for our
hospitals. Other risks we face from general economic weakness
include potential declines in the population covered under
managed care agreements, patient decisions to postpone or cancel
elective and non-emergency health care procedures, potential
increases in the uninsured and underinsured populations and
further difficulties in our collecting patient co-payment and
deductible receivables. The Health Reform Legislation seeks to
decrease over time the number of uninsured individuals, by among
other things requiring employers to offer, and individuals to
carry, health insurance or be subject to penalties. However, it
is difficult to predict the full impact of the Health Reform
Legislation due to the laws complexity, lack of
implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual
implementation and possible amendment.
The health care industry is impacted by the overall United
States financial pressures. The federal deficit, the growing
magnitude of Medicare expenditures and the aging of the United
States population will continue to place pressure on federal
health care programs.
Compliance
Program and Corporate Integrity Agreement
We maintain a comprehensive ethics and compliance program that
is designed to meet or exceed applicable federal guidelines and
industry standards. The program is intended to monitor and raise
awareness of various regulatory issues among employees and to
emphasize the importance of complying with governmental laws and
regulations. As part of the ethics and compliance program, we
provide annual ethics and compliance training to our employees
and encourage all employees to report any violations to their
supervisor, an ethics and compliance officer or a toll-free
telephone ethics line. The Health Reform Legislation requires
providers to implement core elements of a compliance program
criteria to be established by HHS, on a timeline to be
established by HHS, as a condition of enrollment in the Medicare
or Medicaid programs, and we may have to modify our compliance
programs to comply with these new criteria.
Until January 24, 2009, we operated under a CIA, which was
structured to assure the federal government of our overall
federal health care program compliance and specifically covered
DRG coding, outpatient PPS billing and physician relations. We
underwent major training efforts to ensure that our employees
learned and applied the policies and procedures implemented
under the CIA and our ethics and compliance program. The CIA had
the effect of increasing the amount of information we provided
to the federal government regarding our health care practices
and our compliance with federal regulations. Under the CIA, we
had numerous affirmative obligations, including the requirement
to report potential violations of applicable federal health care
laws and regulations. Pursuant to this obligation, we reported a
number of potential violations of the Stark Law, the
Anti-kickback Statute, EMTALA, HIPAA and other laws, most of
which we consider to be nonviolations or technical violations.
We submitted our final report pursuant to the CIA on
April 30, 2009. These reports could result in greater
scrutiny by regulatory authorities. The government could
determine that our reporting
and/or our
resolution of reported issues was inadequate. A determination
that we breached the CIA
and/or a
finding of violations of applicable health care laws or
regulations could subject us to repayment requirements,
substantial monetary penalties, civil penalties, exclusion from
participation in the Medicare and Medicaid and other federal and
state health care programs and, for violations of certain laws
and regulations, criminal penalties. Although the CIA expired on
January 24, 2009, we maintain our
92